Page 1

A L T R A

I N D U S T R I A L

M O T I O N

Flexible Couplings


®

Conditions of Sale

DO NOT USE TB WOOD’S PRODUCTS ON AIRCRAFT PROPELLER OR ROTOR DRIVE SYSTEMS OR IN-FLIGHT ACCESSORY DRIVES. WOOD’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT DESIGNED OR INTENDED FOR AIRCRAFT USE. 1.

Product Reliability: Our products, with exceptions as noted, are sold with no express warranties, oral or written, and with no implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or any other warranties whatsoever. However, if within one year of shipment or up to two years from the date of manufacture on certain Electronic products, we determine that our product contained a defect in workmanship or material when purchased, we will, at our option, refund the purchase price or provide a replacement FOB our factory.

2.

TB Wood’s Incorporated will not be liable for any incidental or consequential damages, secondary charges, expenses for installation, injuries to persons, or damage to property.

3.

Claims for refunds or replacements must be made to the factory. Products may be returned only after written approval and a returned goods authorization number has been received from Customer Service or Application Engineering. Return shipments must be prepaid (Refer to Returned Goods Policy). Final decision about refund or replacement rests solely with TB Wood’s Incorporated.

4.

TB Wood’s Incorporated is under no obligation to incorporate improvements or changes in products already shipped, nor will we substitute improved products for those already shipped. Changes and improvements may be made at any time.

5.

Shipment promises are made in good faith. If for any reason, whether due to TB Wood’s fault or otherwise, delivery is delayed, it is agreed that TB Wood’s shall not be liable for any consequential or secondary damages of any nature resulting from delayed delivery.

6.

When a customer purchase order is received without final and complete shipping instructions, TB Wood’s shall have the right to ship and bill Purchaser with 30 days of the date of completion of manufacture.

7.

For damages or shortages in transit, consignee must make claims against the carrier. Claims for shortages, overages or other errors in shipments must be made to TB Wood’s in writing within a period of 30 days from date of shipment; otherwise, such claims will not be considered valid.

8.

By placing a purchase order, purchaser agrees that the total amount of the transaction shall be due and payable within predetermined terms.

9.

If TB Wood’s is required to refer this transaction to an attorney for collection, Purchaser agrees that all costs, attorney fees and expenses of said collection shall be added to the amount due TB Wood’s from Purchaser.

10. Cancellation of made-to-order items when engineering time is incurred or production work has begun will be billed for time and material expense incurred by TB Wood’s at the point of cancellation. If made-to-order items have been completed but not shipped, charges to Purchaser will be pursuant to the quotation or purchase order.

In accordance with our established policy to constantly improve our products, the specifications contained herein are subject to change without notice.


SECTION F1

SURE-FLEX ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS ®

• Need No Lubrication, No Maintenance • Quick, Easy Installation • Clean, Quiet Performance

TB WOOD’S INCORPORATED ■ Chambersburg, Pennsylvania 17201 T.B. WOOD’S CANADA LTD. ■ Stratford, Ontario N5A 6V6 F1–1


SURE-FLEX CAPABILITIES

4-WAY FLEXING ACTION absorbs all types of shock, vibration and misalignment TORSIONAL Sure-Flex coupling sleeves have an exceptional ability to absorb torsional shock and dampen torsional vibrations. The EPDM and Neoprene sleeves wind-up approximately 15° torsionally at their rated torque. Hytrel sleeves will wind-up about 7°.

ANGULAR The unique design of the Sure-Flex coupling’s teeth allows for the absorption of angular misalignment without wear. Refer to page F1—18 for actual allowable misalignment limits. These limits allow for the alignment of the coupling using only a scale and calipers.

PARALLEL Parallel misalignment is absorbed without wear or appreciable energy losses. The lateral flexibility of the coupling sleeve minimizes radial bearing loads normally associated with parallel misalignment. This feature also allows for easier installation by the use of components bored for slip fits without fretting corrosion occurring at the shaft. Refer to page F1—18 for parallel misalignment limits. Only a straight-edge and feeler gage are required to obtain these limits.

AXIAL Sure-Flex couplings may be used in applications with limited axial shaft movements. The axial compressibility of the EPDM and Neoprene sleeves allows for shaft endfloat without the absolute transfer of thrust loads.

F1–2


SURE-FLEX FEATURES

EASY, QUICK INSTALLATION

NO LUBRICATION, TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION

Sure-Flex can be installed quickly and easily, because there are no bolts, gaskets, covers or seals. Alignment can be checked with a straightedge placed across the outside of the precision-machined flanges. No special tools are needed for installation, alignment or removal.

The teeth of the sleeve lock into the teeth of the flanges without clamps or screws, tightening under torque to provide smooth transmission of power. There is no rubbing action of metal against rubber to cause wear. Couplings are not affected by abrasives, dirt, or moisture. This eliminates the need for lubrication or maintenance, provides clean, dependable, quiet performance.

SURE-FLEX SELECTION Sure-Flex couplings are selected as component parts. 1.

Determine SLEEVE material and type. Refer to pages F1—4 & 5

2.

Determine coupling SIZE. Refer to pages F1—6, 7, & 8

3.

Determine FLANGES to be used. Refer to pages F1—9 thru 16

Specify coupling components. • Example #1 - Close coupled Size 6, Type S flange w 1-3/8 bore Size 6, Type S flange w 1” bore Size 6, Solid EPDM sleeve • Example #2 - 5” Between shaft spacer Size 9, Type SC flange for #11 hub Size 9, Type SC flange for #9 hub Size 11 hub w 2-3/8 bore Size 9 short hub w 1-1/8 bore Size 9 Solid Hytrel sleeve

PROD. NUMBER

PROD. DESCRIPTION

6S138 6S1 6J

6Sx1-3/8 6Sx1 6JE

9SC5011 9SC50 11SCH238 9SCHS118 9H

9SC50-11 9SC50 11SCH x 2-3/8 9SCHS x 1-1/8 9H

F1–3


SURE-FLEX SLEEVE SELECTION

Sure-Flex Sleeves are available in four materials or compounds and various shape configurations.

CONSTRUCTIONS AVAILABLE 1 pc, unsplit 1 pc, split 2 piece TYPICAL USE REL. RATING WIND-UP ANGULAR MISALIGN TEMPERATURE (F) maximum minimum

EPDM

Neoprene

Hytrel

Urethane

JE JES E

JN JNS N

H — HS

U — —

General Purpose

Oil Resist Non-flame

General Purpose

Stiffness

1X 15° 1°

1X 15° 1°

4X 7° 1/4°

4X 3° 1/4°

+275° –30°

+200° –0°

+250° –65°

+200° –80°

SURE-FLEX SLEEVES Product No.

Product Description

Product No.

Product Description

Product No.

3J 4J 5J 6J 7J 8J 9J 10J

3JE EPDM 4JE EPDM 5JE EPDM 6JE EPDM 7JE EPDM 8JE EPDM 9JE EPDM 10JE EPDM

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16

4E EPDM 5E EPDM 6E EPDM 7E EPDM 8E EPDM 9E EPDM 10E EPDM 11E EPDM 12E EPDM 13E EPDM 14E EPDM 16E EPDM

6H 7H 8H 9H 10H 11H 12H

F1–4

3JS 4JS 5JS 6JS 7JS 8JS 9JS 10JS

3JES EPDM Split 4JES EPDM Split 5JES EPDM Split 6JES EPDM Split 7JES EPDM Split 8JES EPDM Split 9JES EPDM Split 10JES EPDM Split

3JN 4JN 5JN 6JN 7JN 8JN

3JN 4JN 5JN 6JN 7JN 8JN

3JNS 4JNS 5JNS 6JNS 7JNS 8JNS

3JNS 4JNS 5JNS 6JNS 7JNS 8JNS

Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene Neoprene

Split Split Split Split Split Split

4N 5N 6N 7N 8N 9N 10N 11N 12N 13N 14N

4N Neoprene 5N Neoprene 6N Neoprene 7N Neoprene 8N Neoprene 9N Neoprene 10N Neoprene 11N Neoprene 12N Neoprene 13N Neoprene 14N Neoprene

6HS 7HS 8HS 9HS 10HS 11HS 12HS 13HS 14HS 10U 11U 12U

Product Description 6H Hytrel 7H Hytrel 8H Hytrel 9H Hytrel 10H Hytrel 11H Hytrel 12H Hytrel 6HS Split Hytrel 7HS Split Hytrel 8HS Split Hytrel 9HS Split Hytrel 10HS Split Hytrel 11HS Split Hytrel 12HS Split Hytrel 13HS Split Hytrel 14HS Split Hytrel 10U Urethane 11U Urethane 12U Urethane


SURE-FLEX SLEEVE SELECTION

Flexible sleeves for Wood’s Sure-Flex couplings are available in four materials (EPDM Neoprene, Hytrel and Urethane) and in three basic constructions. Characteristics of the materials are given on page F1—4 and the various types are shown and described here. JE-JES-JN-JNS J sleeves are molded EPDM rubber (E) or Neoprene (N). They are available in one-piece solid construction (JE, JN) or one-piece split construction (JES, JNS). These sleeves may be used in any Sure-Flex flange within a given size. Types JES, JNS

JE, JN

E-N These sleeves are of two-piece design with a retaining ring. They are available in either EPDM (E) or Neoprene (N). They may be used with any flange within a given size. Sleeves are shown here assembled and disassembled. E and N (Assembled)

Types E and N (Disassembled)

H-HS-U H (Hytrel) and U (Urethane) sleeves, designed for high-torque applications, transmit four times as much power as an equivalent EPDM or Neoprene sleeve. Available in one-piece solid construction (H or U) or two-piece split construction (HS), these can be used only with S, C and SC flanges. They cannot be used with J or B flanges or as direct replacements for EPDM or Neoprene sleeves.

HS

H or U

DIMENSIONS (in.) Coupling Size

3 4 5 6 7 8 9* 10* 11 12 13 14 16

JE, JES, JN & JNS Sleeves EPDM & Neoprene Wt. D W (lbs.) 1 7/8 2 5/16 2 15/16 3 3/4 4 11/32 5 1/16 6 7 1/16 ... ... ... ... ...

1 1 1/4 1 9/16 1 7/8 2 3/16 2 1/2 3 3 7/16 ... ... ... ... ...

.06 .10 .20 .40 .62 1.13 1.46 2.32 ... ... ... ... ...

E and N Sleeves EPDM & Neoprene

H, U & HS Sleeves Hytrel & Urethane

D

W

Wt. (lbs.)

D

W

Wt. (lbs.)

... 2 5/16 2 15/16 3 3/4 4 11/32 5 1/16 6 7 1/16 8 3/16 9 9/16 11 3/16 13 3/32 17 29/32

... 1 1/4 1 9/16 1 7/8 2 3/16 2 1/2 3 3 7/16 4 4 11/16 5 1/2 6 1/2 8 3/4

... .11 .25 .49 .77 1.4 2.0 3.2 5.1 8.1 13.0 21.1 45.3

... ... ... 3 3/4 4 11/32 5 1/16 6 7 1/16 8 3/16 9 9/16 11 3/16 13 3/32 ...

... ... ... 1 7/8 2 3/16 2 1/2 3 3 7/16 4 4 11/16 5 1/2 6 1/2 ...

... ... ... .44 .69 1.4 1.8 2.9 4.5 7.3 11.8 19.3 ...

The 13 and 14 Hytrel available with HS sleeves only. *All 9J and 10J sleeves available in EPDM only.

Only sizes available in Urethane.

F1–5


SURE-FLEX COUPLING SIZE SELECTION 1. Select Load Symbol based on your driveN machine. Application

Load Symbol

AGITATORS—Paddle, Propeller, Screw. . . . . . L BAND RESAW (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M BARGE HAUL PULLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H BARKING (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H BAR SCREEN (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L BATCHES (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L BEATER AND PULPER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . M BENDING ROLL (metal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M BLEACHER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L BLOWERS Centrifugal, Vane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Lobe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M BOTTLING MACHINERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L BREW KETTLES (distilling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L BUCKET ELEVATOR OR CONVEYOR . . . . . M CALENDERS Calendar (paper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Calender-super (paper), Calender (rubber) H CANE KNIVES (sugar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M CARD MACHINE (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CAR DUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CAR PULLERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M CEMENT KILN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CENTRIFUGAL BLOWERS, COMPRESSORS, FANS or PUMPS . . . . . . . . L CHEMICAL FEEDERS (sewage). . . . . . . . . . . L CHILLER (oil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M CHIPPER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CIRCULAR RESAW (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . M CLARIFIER or CLASSIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L CLAY WORKING MACHINERY . . . . . . . . . . . M COLLECTORS (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L COMPRESSORS Centrifugal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Reciprocating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * Screw, Lobe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L CONCRETE MIXERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M CONVERTING MACHINE (paper) . . . . . . . . . M CONVEYORS Apron, Assembly Belt, Flight, Oven, Screw . L Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M COOKERS—Brewing, Distilling, Food . . . . . . . L COOLING TOWER FANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H COUCH (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M CRANES and HOISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Heavy Duty Mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CRUSHERS—Cane (sugar), Stone or Ore . . . H CUTTER—Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H CYLINDER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H *Consult Factory

Application

Load Symbol

DEWATERING SCREEN (sewage). . . . . . . . . M DISC FEEDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L DOUGH MIXER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M DRAW BENCH CONVEYOR and MAIN DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H DREDGES Cable Reel, Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Cutter Head Drive, Jig Drive, Screen Drive. H Maneuvering and Utility Winch, Stacker . . . M DYNAMOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L DRYERS (rotary). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M EDGER (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H ELEVATOR Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Escalator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Freight, Passenger, Service, Man Lift . . . . . H ESCALATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L EXTRUDER (metal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H FANS Centrifugal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Cooling Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H Forced Draft, Large Industrial or Mine . . . . M FEEDERS Apron, Belt, Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Reciprocating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M FILTER, PRESS-OIL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M GENERATORS Uniform load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Varying load, Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Welders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H GRIT COLLECTOR (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . L GRIZZLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H HAMMERMILL Light Duty, Intermittent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Heavy Duty, Continuous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H HOISTS Heavy Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H Medium Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M JORDAN (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H KILN, ROTARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H LAUNDRY WASHER or TUMBLER. . . . . . . . . H LINE SHAFTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L LOG HAUL (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H LOOM (textile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M MACHINE TOOLS, MAIN DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . M MANGLE (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L MASH TUBS (distilling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L MEAT GRINDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M METAL FORMING MACHINES. . . . . . . . . . . . M

Application

Load Symbol

MILLS Ball, Pebble, Rod, Tube, Rubber Tumbling . H Dryer and Cooler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M MIXERS Concrete, Muller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Banbury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H ORE CRUSHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H OVEN CONVEYOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L PLANER (metal or wood) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M PRESSES Brick, Briquette Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H Notching, Paper, Punch, Printing . . . . . . . . M PUG MILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M PULP GRINDER (paper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H PULVERIZERS Hammermill—light duty, Roller . . . . . . . . . . M Hammermill—heavy duty, Hog . . . . . . . . . . H PUMPS Centrifugal, Axial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Gear, Lobe, Vane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Reciprocating—sgl. or dbl. acting, cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . * REEL, REWINDER (paper) CABLE . . . . . . . . M ROD MILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SAWDUST CONVEYOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SCREENS Air Washing, Water. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L Rotary for coal or sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M Vibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H SCREW CONVEYOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SLAB CONVEYOR (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M SLITTERS (metal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M SOAPERS (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SORTING TABLE (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M SPINNER (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M STOKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L SUCTION ROLL (paper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M TENTER FRAMES (textile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M TIRE BUILDING MACHINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . H TIRE & TUBE PRESS OPENER . . . . . . . . . . . L TUMBLING BARRELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H WASHER and THICKENER (paper) . . . . . . . . M WINCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M WINDERS, Paper, Textile, Wire. . . . . . . . . . . . M WINDLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M WIRE Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M WOODWORKING MACHINERY . . . . . . . . . . . L

2. Determine Service Factor using Load Symbol and driveR. Load Symbol

L Light

M Medium

H Heavy

Standard AC Motor DC Shunt Motor *Engine, 8 or more cylinders

1.25

1.5

2.0

High Torque AC Motor DC Series & Comp. *Engine, 4-6 cylinders

1.5

2.0

2.5

*Engine, 3 cylinders or less

2.0

2.5

3.0

Turbine

1.0

1.25

1.5

*On applications involving varying torque loads, design around the maximum load. Then determine the resulting service factor at minimum load. If this value is greater than 4.0, special coupling alignment will be required (see page F1—18). Caution: Applications involving reciprocating engines and reciprocating driven devices are subject to rotational vibrational critical speeds which may destroy the coupling. The factory can determine these speeds when the rotational inertia (WR2) of the driveR and driveN units is known.

F1–6


SURE-FLEX COUPLING SIZE SELECTION (continued)

3. If coupling to the shaft of a 60 HZ AC motor, you may refer to page 8, locate the correct chart & columns for your sleeve material, motor speed and service factor; you can read the coupling size across from the motor horsepower. Example: For 150 HP @ 1750 RPM and 1.5 Service Factor - Use #13 EPDM or Neoprene or #10 Hytrel or Urethane. 4. For other speeds, use the following formula to calculate the required coupling horsepower rating @ 100 rpm. HP @ 100 rpm = HP x Service Factor x 100 / coupling RPM 5. Use the chart below to find a coupling with a HP @ 100 RPM rating which is greater than calculated above. Example: For 5 HP @ 55 RPM and 1.25 Service Factor: HP @ 100 = 5 x 1.25 x 100 / 55 = 11.36 Use #12 EPDM or Neoprene or #9 Hytrel with rating of 11.4 HP.

COUPLING RATINGS

Size

EPDM Sleeves

Neoprene Sleeves

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16

JE,JES E,JE,JES E,JE,JES E,JE,JES E,JE,JES E,JE,JES E,JE,JES E,JE,JES E E E E E

JN,JNS N,JN,JNS N,JN,JNS N,JN,JNS N,JN,JNS N,JN,JNS N N N N N N

Size

Hytrel Sleeves

Urethane Sleeves

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

H, HS H, HS H, HS H, HS H, HS H, HS H, HS HS HS

U U U

HP @ RPM 100 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.7 1.2 1.8 2.9 4.6 7.2 11.4 18.0 28.6 75.0

1160

1750

3500

1.1 2.2 4.4 8.3 13 20 33 53 83 132 209 331 870

1.7 3.3 6.7 12.5 20 32 50 80 126 200 315 500

3.3 6.7 13 25 40 63 100 160 252

HP @ RPM 100 2.9 4.6 7.2 11.4 18.0 28.6 50.0 75.0 115.0

1160 33 53 84 132 209 331 580 870 1334

1750 50 80 126 200 315 500 875 1312 2013

3500 100 160 252 400 630 1000

Torque (in. lbs.) 60 120 240 450 725 1135 1800 2875 4530 7200 11350 18000 47250 Torque (in. lbs.) 1800 2875 4530 7200 11350 18000 31500 47268 72480

Stiffness (in. lbs./rad) 229 458 916 1718 2769 4335 6875 10980 17300 27500 43350 68755 180480 Stiffness (in. lbs./rad) 10000 20000 30000 47500 100000* 125000* 225000* 368900 593250

Max RPM 9200 7600 7600 6000 5250 4500 3750 3600 3600 2800 2400 2200 1500 Max RPM 6000 5250 4500 3750 3600 3600 2800 2400 2200

* Urethane values are 220000, 350000, and 600000.

F1–7


SURE-FLEX COUPLING SELECTION EPDM or NEOPRENE SLEEVES 860 RPM MOTORS Service Factors HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5 1/2

1 11/2 2

3 3 4 4 5

3 4 4 5 5

3 4 4 5 5

4 4 5 5 6

4 5 5 6 6

3 5 7 1/2 10 15

5 6 7 7 8

6 6 7 8 9

6 7 8 8 9

6 7 8 9 10

20 25 30 40 50

9 9 10 10 11

9 10 10 11 11

10 10 11 11 12

60 75 100 125 150

11 12 12 13 13

12 12 13 13 14

200 250 300 350 400

14 14 16 16 16

450 500 600 700 800

16 16 16 ... ...

3/4

1160 RPM MOTORS Service Factors HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5 1/2

1 11/2 2

3 3 3 4 4

3 3 4 4 5

3 4 4 5 5

3 4 4 5 5

4 4 5 5 6

7 8 9 9 10

3 5 7 1/2 10 15

5 6 6 7 8

5 6 7 7 8

6 6 7 8 9

6 7 8 8 9

10 11 11 12 12

11 11 12 12 13

20 25 30 40 50

8 9 9 10 10

9 9 10 10 11

9 10 10 11 11

12 13 13 14 14

13 13 14 14 16

13 60 14 75 14 100 . . . 125 16 150

11 11 12 12 13

11 12 12 13 13

14 16 16 16 16

16 16 16 16 16

16 16 16 ... ...

16 16 ... ... ...

200 250 300 350 400

13 14 14 16 16

16 16 ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

450 500 600 700 800

16 16 16 ... ...

3/4

1750 RPM MOTORS Service Factors HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5 1/2

1 11/2 2

3 3 3 3 4

3 3 3 4 4

3 3 3 4 4

3 3 4 4 5

3 4 4 5 5

6 7 8 9 10

3 5 7 1/2 10 15

4 5 6 6 7

5 5 6 6 7

5 6 6 7 8

5 6 7 7 8

10 10 11 11 12

10 11 11 12 12

20 25 30 40 50

7 8 8 9 9

8 8 9 9 10

8 9 9 10 10

12 12 13 13 14

12 13 13 14 14

13 13 14 14 16

60 75 100 125 150

10 10 11 11 12

10 11 11 12 12

14 14 16 16 16

14 16 16 16 16

16 16 16 16 16

16 16 16 16 ...

200 250 300 350 400

12 13 13 14 14

16 16 ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

450 500 600 700 800

14 14 ... ... ...

3/4

3500 RPM MOTORS Service Factors HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5 1/2

1 11/2 2

... 3 3 3 3

... 3 3 3 3

... 3 3 3 3

... 3 3 3 4

... 3 3 4 4

6 6 7 8 9

3 5 7 1/2 10 15

3 4 5 5 6

4 4 5 5 6

4 5 5 6 6

4 5 6 6 7

5 5 6 6 7

9 9 10 10 11

9 10 10 11 11

20 25 30 40 50

6 6 7 7 8

6 7 7 8 8

7 7 8 8 9

7 8 8 9 9

8 8 9 9 10

11 11 12 12 13

11 12 12 13 13

12 12 13 13 14

60 75 100 125 150

8 9 9 10 10

9 9 10 10 11

9 10 10 11 11

10 10 11 11 ...

10 11 11 ... ...

13 13 14 14 14

13 14 14 ... ...

14 14 ... ... ...

14 ... ... ... ...

200 250 300 350 400

11 11 ... ... ...

11 ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

450 500 600 700 800

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

3/4

HYTREL or URETHANE SLEEVES 860 RPM MOTORS Service Factors HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5

F1–8

1160 RPM MOTORS Service Factors HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5

7 1/2 10 15 20 25

6 6 6 6 6

6 6 6 6 7

6 6 6 7 7

6 6 7 7 8

6 6 7 8 8

7 1/2 . . . 10 6 15 6 20 6 25 6

30 40 50 60 75

7 7 8 8 9

7 8 8 9 9

8 8 9 9 10

8 9 9 10 10

9 9 10 10 11

30 40 50 60 75

100 125 150 200 250

9 10 10 11 11

10 10 11 11 12

10 11 11 12 12

11 11 12 12 13

11 12 12 13 13

300 350 400 500 600

12 12 12 13 13

12 12 13 13 14

13 13 13 14 14

13 14 14 14 ...

14 14 14 ... ...

700 800 900 1000

14 14 14 ...

14 14 ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...

1750 RPM MOTORS Service Factors HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5

... 6 6 6 6

... 6 6 6 7

... 6 6 7 7

... 6 7 7 8

7 1/2 . . . 10 . . . 15 6 20 6 25 6

6 7 7 8 8

7 7 8 8 9

7 8 8 9 9

8 8 9 9 10

8 9 9 10 10

30 40 50 60 75

100 125 150 200 250

9 9 10 10 11

9 10 10 11 11

10 10 11 11 12

10 11 11 12 12

11 11 12 12 13

300 350 400 500 600

11 12 12 12 13

12 12 12 13 13

12 12 13 13 13

13 13 13 14 14

13 14 14 14 ...

. . . 700 . . . 800 . . . 900 . . . 1000

13 13 14 14

13 14 14 14

14 14 14 . . . 14 . . . ... ...

3500 RPM MOTORS Service Factors HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5

... ... 6 6 6

... ... 6 6 6

... ... 6 6 6

... ... 6 6 7

7 1/2 10 15 20 25

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

... ... ... ... ...

6 6 6 7 7

6 6 7 7 8

6 7 7 8 8

7 7 8 8 9

7 8 8 9 9

30 40 50 60 75

6 6 6 6 6

6 6 6 6 6

6 6 6 6 7

6 6 6 7 7

6 6 7 7 8

100 125 150 200 250

8 8 9 9 10

8 9 9 10 10

9 9 10 10 11

9 10 10 11 11

10 10 11 11 12

100 125 150 200 250

6 7 7 8 8

7 7 8 8 9

7 8 8 9 9

8 8 9 9 10

8 9 9 10 10

300 350 400 500 600

10 11 11 11 12

11 11 11 12 12

11 12 12 12 13

12 12 12 13 13

12 12 13 13 14

300 350 400 500 600

9 9 9 10 10

9 10 10 10 11

10 10 10 11 11

10 11 11 11 ...

11 11 11 ... ...

. . . 700 . . . 800 . . . 900 . . . 1000

12 12 13 13

12 13 13 13

13 13 14 14

14 14 14 14

14 700 14 800 . . . 900 . . . 1000

11 11 11 11

11 11 ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...


TYPE J SURE-FLEX BTS – FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS FLANGES Type

J flanges size 3 and 4 are manufactured of sintered carbon steel. The powdered metal manufacturing process provides high dimensional accuracy and uniform material properties for high strength. Size 5 and 6 are made of high strength cast iron. All flanges are bored-to-size for a slip fit on standard shafts. The outside diameter of the flange is machined so the surface can be used to check alignment without a special tool. Type J flanges can be used with sleeves of any construction except the Hytrel. Each flange has a keyseat and one (1) setscrew over the keyway.

COUPLINGS

Type J Sure-Flex Couplings are bored-to-size. Normally, they employ the one-piece JE sleeve, or the onepiece JES sleeve with saw cut to permit replacement where there is insufficient gap between shafts. Spacing between internal flange hubs equals G. Spacing between shafts should be greater than 1/8 in. and less than L minus .85 times the sum of the two bore diameters. To order complete couplings, specify coupling size with flange symbol (J) giving bore and keyseat. Refer to page F1–3 to order the required coupling.

DIMENSIONS (in.) STOCK BORES* Product No. 3J 4J 5J 6J

Dimensions C 51/64 55/64 1-3/64 1-5/16

D 2.062 2.500 3.250 4.000

E 13/32 27/64 29/64 9/16

G 3/8 5/8 3/4 7/8

H 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/2

L 1-31/32 2-11/32 2-27/32 3-1/2

T 25/64 7/16 19/32 3/4

X 5/8 5/8 59/64 1-3/32

Wt. (lbs.) ■ 3/8 0.3 X 0.4 0.9 1.2

(Inches) 1/2 X X X

5/8 X X X X

3/4 X X X X

7/8 15/16 1 X X X X X X X X X X

Max 1-1/8 1-3/16 1-1/4 1-3/8 Bore 9 7/8 ... 1 ... ... 1-1/8 X X X X X 1-3/8 ...

Millimeters 11 X ... ... ...

12 X ... ... ...

14 X X ... ...

15 X X ... ...

16 X X ... ...

19 X X ... ...

20 24 25 X X X ... ... ... ... ... ...

*We do not recommend reboring the 3J and 4J Flanges. See page F1—13 for standard keyseat dimensions & F1–10 for bore tolerances. ■ Approximate weight for each flange.

F1–9


FLANGES Type S flanges are made of highstrength cast iron and are bored-tosize for slip fit on standard shafts. They are easy to install and remove, and are available from stock in a wide range of bore sizes. Type S couplings may be used with any of the sleeves shown on page F1—5.

Bore Tolerances for Types J and S Flanges, SC Hubs These bores provide a slip fit.

Bore (in.) Up to and including 2” Over 2”

Tolerance (in.) + .0005 to + .0015 + .0005 to +.0020

DIMENSIONS (in.) DIMENSIONS D

E

G

3.250 4.000 4.000 4.000 7S 1-27/32 4.625

29/64 17/32 17/32 25/32 11/16

23/32 7/8 7/8 7/8 1

2-3/32 5.450 1-15/16 5.450 2-13/32 6.350 2-9/32 6.350 2-23/32 7.500 2-11/16 7.500 3-7/16 8.625 3-1/16 8.625 4 10.000

3/4 1-1/32 25/32 1-1/4 13/16 1-15/32 1-1/8 1-9/16 1-9/32

1-1/8 1-1/8 1-7/16 1-7/16 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-7/8 1-7/8

5S 1-11/32 1-5/8 6S 1-5/16 1-9/16

8S 9S 10S 11S 12S

H

L

Wt. (lbs.) T

X

1-7/8 2-13/16 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-13/16 4 2-13/16 3-15/16

19/32 25/32 25/32 25/32 25/32

31/32 1-3/32 1-3/32 1-3/32 1-5/16

3-1/4 3-1/4 3-5/8 4-1/8 4-3/8 4-3/4 5-1/4 5-5/8

29/32 29/32 1-1/32 1-1/32 1-7/32 1-7/32 1-1/2 1-1/2

1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 2 2-3/8 2-3/8

4-7/16 5 5-1/16 6 5-11/16 7 7-1/8 8

STOCK BORES ① Inches 1/2 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 15/16 1 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 3/16 1 1/4 1 5/16 1 3/8 1 7/16 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 5/8 1 11/16 1 3/4 1 7/8 1 15/16 2 2 1/16 2 1/8 2 3/16 2 1/4 2 3/8 2 7/16 2 1/2 2 5/8 2 3/4 2 7/8 3 3 3/8 3 7/16 3 5/8 3 7/8 3 15/16

Coupling Size C

1.1 o X X X X X X X X X X 1.9 oX X X XX XX X X 1.8 1.8 2.6 oX XX X XX X XX 4.4 o XX X X XX X X 3.7 6.8 oX XX X X 6.2 10.5 oX X 9.8 16.6 o 16.4

X XX X

X X X X X X XX X XX X X XX

X X X

X X XX X X XX X X X XX X X

X X

X X X XX X XX X X X X X X X X XX X XX X X XX

2-5/16 5-3/4 8-1/4 1-11/16 2-11/16 26.6 13S 4-3/8 11.750 1-5/16 2-11/16 6-3/4 9-1/4 1-31/32 3-1/16 45.2

14S 4-1/2 13.875 1-1/16 3-1/4 7-1/2 9-7/8 2-1/4 3-1/2 69.1 16S 6 18.875 2 4-3/4 8 14-1/4 2-3/4 4-1/4 125.3 X in the chart denotes finished bore with keyseat and 2 setscrews; O is plain bore suitable for reboring. ■ Approximate weight for each flange.

F1–10

X

X

X X

X X X

X X

X X XX X X

o

X

X X o o

XX

X

X X X

X

X

X

XX X X X X

X

X X

o


TYPE S SURE-FLEX BTS – FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS

COUPLINGS Type S Sure-Flex couplings are normally supplied with the twopiece E sleeve. However, any of the sleeves shown on page F1—5 can be used with Type S flanges. Spacing between internal flange hubs equals L minus 2 times C. Spacing between shafts should be greater than 1/8 in. and less than L minus .85 times the sum of the two bore diameters. To order complete couplings, specify coupling size with flange symbol (S) giving bore and keyseat. Refer to page F1—3 to order the required coupling.

DIMENSIONS (in.) STOCK BORES Millimeters

Max. Bore ①

SHALLOW KEYSEAT DIMENSIONS ➁

Standard Shallow 14 15 16 19 20 24 25 28 30 32 35 38 42 45 48 50 52 55 60 65 70 80 90 Keyseat Keyseat

Bore

K.S.

X X X XX X X X X

Key

Bore K.S.

Bore

K.S.

Key

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

1-3/16

1-1/4

1-1/4

1/4 X 1/16

XX X X X XX X X

1-7/16

1-1/2

...

...

X

... ... 1-5/8

1-3/4 1-7/8 1-7/8

1-1/2 & 1-5/8 ... 1-7/8

3/8 X 1/8 ... 1/2 X 1/8

3/8 x 5/16 X ▲ 1-3/4 3/8 X 1/16 3/8 X 1/4 X 1-1/4 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1-7/8 1/2 X 1/16 1/2 X 5/16 X 1-9/16 1/2 X 3/8 X 1-7/8 ... ... ... ... ... ...

1-15/16 ...

2-1/4 2-3/8

2-1/8 ...

1/2 X 3/16 ...

1/2 X 7/16 X 2-1/8 ... ... ... ... ... 2-3/8 5/8 X 1/8 5/8 X 7/16 X 1-7/8 ...

... ...

... ...

2-1/2 ...

2-3/4 2-7/8

... 2-7/8

... 3-/4 X 1/8

... 3/4 X 1/2 X 2-1/4

... ...

... ...

... ...

2-3/4 ...

3-1/8 3-3/8

2-7/8 ...

3/4 X 1/4 ...

3/4 X 5/8 X 2-3/4 ... ... ... ... 3-3/8 7/8 X 3/16 7/8 X 5/8 X 2-5/8

... ...

... ...

... ...

3-3/8 ...

3-7/16 3-7/8

3-7/16 3-7/8

7/8 X 3/16 1 X 1/4

7/8 X 5/8 X 3-7/16 ... 1 X 3/4 X 3 ...

X X X X X 3-7/8

3-15/16

...

...

...

4-1/2

...

...

...

5

...

...

...

X X X XX X X X X X XX X X X X X

XX

X X X X

XX X X X X XX X XX X X X X

X

X

X X

1/4 X 3/16 X 1-3/8 ...

Key

...

...

... ...

... ...

... ...

... ...

... ...

... ...

... ...

... ...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

...

5-1/2 6 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ① See charts on page F1—13 ➁ Some large bore Type S flanges are supplied with shallow keyseats. In these cases, a rectangular key is furnished. The bores involved are listed above. ▲ 1-5/8 for 1-1/2 bore, 1-5/16 for 1-5/8 bore.

...

X

F1–11


TYPE B BUSHED-FLEX QD – FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS FLANGES Type B flanges are made of highstrength cast iron the same as Types S, C and SC Sure-Flex flanges. Type B, however, is designed to accommodate Wood’s Sure-Grip Bushing for easy installation and removal.

BUSHINGS Sure-Grip Bushings offer convenient mounting of the flange to the shaft securely without setscrews. They are tapered and are split through both the bushing flange and taper to provide a clamp fit, eliminating wobble, vibration and fretting corrosion. This is the same bushing used in Wood’s sheaves and pulleys and is readily available everywhere.

DIMENSIONS (in.) Dimensions

Product Bushing No. Required

C1

C2

D

E

F

G

L

T

X

Max. * Bore

Weight (lbs.) ■ Flange Bushing

6B

JA

1 7/32

1

4.000

15/ 32

2

7/ 8

3 3/8

25/ 32

1 3/32

1 1/4

1.4

.8

7B

JA

1

1

2

1

3

1/ 2

25/ 32

1

5/ 16

1

1/ 4

1.9

.8

8B

SH

1

4

1/ 16

29/ 32

1

1/ 2

1

5/ 8

2.9

1.0

9B

SD

2

7/ 16

3/ 4

3/ 4

15/ 16

10B 11B

SK SF

1 2 3/16

4.8 7.8

1.5 2.0

7/ 8

1/ 4

12B

E

13B

4.625

15/ 32

1/ 4

5.450

9/ 16

2

1 1 7/8

6.350 7.500

5/ 8 23/ 32

2

8.625

11/ 16

2 23/32

2 5/8

10.000

29/ 32

6

2 5/16

7 1/2

F

3 3/4

3 5/8

11.750

1 1/16

6 5/8

2 11/16

8

14B

F

3 3/4

3 5/8

13.875

1 1/16

6 5/8

3 1/4

9

16B

J

4 13/16

4 1/2

18.875

1 1/4

7 1/4

4 3/4

5/ 8

29/ 32 1/ 4

15/ 16

1

13/ 16

*Maximum bore with keyseat.

F1–12

11/ 16

1

1/ 8

3/ 16

3 3 7/8

1 1 5/8

4 5 1/2

1 1 7/32

1

2

1 2 1/2

4

5/ 8

1

6

1

2 3/8

2 15/16

12.0

3.5

1 11/16

2 11/16

3 1/2

18.0

9.0

3/ 4

1 31/32

3

3 15/16

31 .2

14.0

7/ 8

2 1/4

3 1/2

3 15/16

51.4

14.0

12 3/4

2 3/4

4 1/4

4 1/2

120.0

22.0

Approximate weight for each flange.

1/ 32

1/ 2


TYPE B BUSHED-FLEX QD – FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS

COUPLINGS Type

B

Sure-Flex

normally

Couplings

supplied

with

the

are two-

piece E sleeve, and can use any EPDM

or

Neoprene

sleeves. DO

NOT use Hytrel sleeves with Type B couplings. Spacing

between

internal

flange

hubs equals L minus 2 times C. Spacing between shafts should be greater than 1/8 in. and less than G. To

order

specify

complete

coupling

size

couplings, with

flange

symbol (B) and bushing. Refer to page F1Ñ3 to order the required coupling. Refer to charts below for bushings.

SURE-GRIP® BUSHING KEYSEAT DIMENSIONS (in.) Bushing

Bores

1 /

JA

1

Keyseat

Ð1

2

1 / 16

Ð1

1

Standard 3 / 16

1 /

4

1 /4

1 /4

x

1 / 16

x

1 /32

Bushing

Bores

1 /

SF

SH

1

Ð1

7 / 16

Ð1 11

1

3 / 8

Standard

5 / 8

3 /

8

x

Ð1

1 1

7 /

8

/ 16

Standard

3 / 4

3 / 8

x

1 /

13 / 16

1 / 2

x

1 /

1 SD

11

Ð1

15 /

16

2

1 /

2

x

SK

Ð2

2

Ð2

5 /

16

1 / 4

Ð3 Ð3

1Ð3

8

1 / 16

2

3 / 16

Ð2

1 / 4

2

5 / 16

Ð2

1 / 2

5 /

2

9 / 16

Ð2

5 / 8

No K.S.

8

x x

1 / 16

1

5 / 16

Ð1

x

1 / 32

1

7 / 16

Ð1

3 / 4

1 / 2

1 /

7 / 8

x x

1

1 / 8

2

5 / 16

1 / 16

2

13 /

3

5 / 16

3

13 /

4

9 / 16

5

9 / 16

16

1 / 8

1 / 16 3 /

32

1 / 4

1 / 8

3 / 8

5 / 16

5 / 32

3 / 4

3 / 8

3 / 16

1 /

1 / 2

1 / 4

3 / 4

5 / 8

5 / 16

1 /

3 / 4

3 / 8

7 / 8

7 / 16

1 / 4

Ð2

Ð2

16

Depth

3 / 16

8

Ð1

13 /

Standard 3 / 4

8

Width

Ð3

4

4

8

Standard 1 / 2

x

2

3

F

No K.S.

1 / 8

3 / 4

7 / 8

8

16

15 / 16

15 / 16

15 / 16

Ð

7 /

1 / 16

Ð 2

7 / 8

9 /

x

13 / 16

7 /

Ð

5 / 8

3 / 4

16

2

x

Ð2

9 /

1 /

5 /

Ð2

2

Shaft Dia.

3 / 16

5 / 8

3 3

5 /

16

13 / 16

1 / 4

Ð3 Ð3

3 / 4 15 / 16

4 1 / 2

Standard

1 / 16

E 1 / 2

1 / 4

Ð2

2

Keyseat

1 / 2

No K.S.

/ 16

2

5 / 16

2 1 / 2

➁ Standard Keyseat Dimension

7 / 8

x

1x

3 / 16 1 /

8

No K.S.

➁ 1

8

1 / 16

Standard

J

3

7 / 16 7 / 8

Ð3 Ð3

4Ð4

13 / 16 15 / 16

1 / 2

Standard 1x

3 /

1x

1 /

Ð3

16

3 / 4

Ð4

1 /

1 / 2

1

2

Ð5

1 / 2

1

1 /

Ð6

1 / 2

1

1 /

4

5 / 8

2

3 / 4

8 8

F1–13


TYPE SC SPACER COUPLINGS BTS - CONVENTIONAL SPACER DESIGN

BTS - CONVENTIONAL SPACER DESIGN

The table below shows assembled dimensions of Sure-Flex Type SC Spacer Couplings. For dimensions of separate components, refer to page F1—15.

Coupling Size 4JSC 5SC 6SC

7SC

Required Distance Between Shafts 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-3/8 5 3-1/2 4-3/8 5 3-1/2

8SC

4-3/8 5 3-1/2 4-3/8

9SC

10SC

11SC

5 7 7-3/4 4-3/4 5 7 7-3/4 10 4-3/4 5 7 7-3/4 10 7

12SC

13SC 14SC

7-3/4 10 7-3/4 7-3/4

Use Flange No. 4JSC35 5SC35 6SC35 6SC44 6SC50 7SC35 7SC44 7SC50 8SC35 8SC35-10 8SC44 8SC50 8SC50-10 9SC35 9SC44 9SC50 9SC50-11 9SC70-11 9SC78-11 10SC48 10SC50 10SC70-13 10SC78-13 10SC100-13 11SC48 11SC50 11SC70-14 11SC78-14 11SC100-14 12SC70 12SC70-14 12SC78 12SC78-14 12SC100-14 13SC78 14SC78

Use Hub No. .... 5SCH 6SCH-6SCHS 6SCH-6SCHS 6SCH-6SCHS 7SCH-7SCHS 7SCH-7SCHS 7SCH-7SCHS 8SCH-8SCHS 10SCH-10SCHS 8SCH-8SCHS 8SCH-8SCHS 10SCH-10SCHS 9SCH-9SCHS 9SCH-9SCHS 9SCH-9SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 10SCH-10SCHS 10SCH-10SCHS 13SCH-13SCHS 13SCH-13SCHS 13SCH-13SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 14SCH 14SCH 14SCH 12SCH-12SCHS 14SCH 12SCH-12SCHS 14SCH 14SCH 13SCH-13SCHS 14SCH

Max. Bore Std. KS

Dimensions D

L (2)

G

R

Wt. (lbs.) ■

1-1/8 (1) 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-3/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 2-3/8 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/8 2-7/8 2-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 2-7/8 3-7/8 2-7/8 3-7/8 3-7/8 3-3/8 3-7/8

2.460 3.250 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.625 4.625 4.625 5.450 5.450 5.450 5.450 5.450 6.350 6.350 6.350 6.350 6.350 6.350 7.500 7.500 7.500 7.500 7.500 8.625 8.625 8.625 8.625 8.625 10.000 10.000 10.000 10.000 10.000 11.750 13.875

5-5/8 5-5/8 5-7/8 6-3/4 7-3/8 6-3/8 7-1/4 7-7/8 6-7/8 8-1/8 7-3/4 8-3/8 9-5/8 7-1/2 8-1/4 8-7/8 10-3/8 12-3/8 13-1/8 9-3/8 9-5/8 13-5/8 14-3/8 16-5/8 10-5/16 10-3/8 14-5/8 15-3/8 17-5/8 12-7/8 14-5/8 13-5/8 15-3/8 17-5/8 14-3/8 15-3/8

5/8 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8 1-7/16 1-7/16 1-7/16 1-7/16 1-7/16 1-7/16 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-11/16 3-1/4

.... 9/16 3/4 3/4 3/4 5/8 5/8 5/8 13/16 13/16 13/16 1-3/16 1-3/16 1-1/16 1-1/16 1-1/16 1-3/16 1-3/16 1-3/16 1-3/16 1-3/16 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 1-3/16 1-3/16 2 2 2 1-1/2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-7/8 2

2.7 4.5 7.3 8.1 8.7 9.9 10.8 11.4 15.2 23.2 16.4 17.4 27.2 18.6 22.2 23.2 40.4 48.2 51.0 37.6 38.4 72.0 76.0 88.0 54.5 54.7 86.1 90.3 102.7 88.1 99.1 91.9 103.3 115.7 129.6 179.9

■ Approximate weight for completely assembled spacer coupling. (1) 4JSC35 x 1-1/8 has shallow keyseat. (2) “L” dimension and weight will change if one or two short (HS) hubs used. Note: Refer to page F1—15 to order — specify components separately.

TYPE SC FLANGES AND HUBS Tables on page F1—15 provide dimensional information for flanges and hubs used for Spacer Couplings. For assembled dimensions, see table above. Any of the sleeves shown on page F1—5 may be used. F1–14


TYPE SC FLANGES AND HUBS BTS - CONVENTIONAL SPACER DESIGN (ILLUSTRATION AND DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS SHOWN AT BOTTOM OF PAGE F1—14.) Coupling Size

Flange No.

4JSC 5SC

4JSC35 5SC35 6SC35 6SC44 6SC50 7SC35 7SC44 7SC50 8SC35 8SC35-10 8SC44 8SC50 8SC50-10 9SC35 9SC44 9SC50 9SC50-11 9SC70-11 9SC78-11 10SC48 10SC50 10SC70-13 10SC78-13 10SC100-13 11SC48 11SC50 11SC70-14 11SC78-14 11SC100-14 12SC70 12SC70-14 12SC78 12SC78-14 12SC100-14 13SC78 14SC78

6SC 7SC

8SC

9SC

10SC

11SC

12SC 13SC 14SC

For Distance Between Shafts* 3-1/8 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-3/8 5 3-1/2 4-3/8 5 3-1/2 3-1/2 4-3/8 5 5 3-1/2 4-3/8 5 5 7 7-3/4 4-3/4 5 7 7-3/4 10 4-3/4 5 7 7-3/4 10 7 7 7-3/4 7-3/4 10 7-3/4 7-3/4

For Hub ... 5SCH 6SCH-6SCHS 6SCH-6SCHS 6SCH-6SCHS 7SCH-7SCHS 7SCH-7SCHS 7SCH-7SCHS 8SCH-8SCHS 10SCH-10SCHS 8SCH-8SCHS 8SCH-8SCHS 10SCH-10SCHS 9SCH-9SCHS 9SCH-9SCHS 9SCH-9SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 10SCH-10SCHS 10SCH-10SCHS 13SCH-13SCHS 13SCH-13SCHS 13SCH-13SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 11SCH-11SCHS 14SCH 14SCH 14SCH 12SCH-12SCHS 14SCH 12SCH-12SCHS 14SCH 14SCH 13SCH-13SCHS 14SCH

D 2.460 3.250 4.000 4.000 4.000 4.625 4.625 4.625 5.450 5.450 5.450 5.450 5.450 6.350 6.350 6.350 6.350 6.350 6.350 7.500 7.500 7.500 7.500 7.500 8.625 8.625 8.625 8.625 8.625 10.000 10.000 10.000 10.000 10.000 11.750 13.875

E 2-1/16 51/64 19/32 1-1/32 1-11/32 15/32 29/32 1-7/32 9/32 9/32 23/32 1-1/32 1-1/32 1/16 7/16 3/4 3/4 1-3/4 2-1/8 11/32 15/32 1-15/32 1-27/32 2-31/32 1/32 1/16 1-1/16 1-7/16 2-9/16 21/32 21/32 1-1/32 1-1/32 2-5/32 9/16 1/32

* Flanges can be mixed to form different Between-Shaft Dimensions. See chart page F1—16. ▲ If using 10HS hub, 7/16-14NC x 2-1/4 long capscrew needed (not furnished).

H 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-13/16 2-13/16 2-13/16 3-1/4 4-3/8 3-1/4 3-1/4 4-3/8 3-5/8 3-5/8 3-5/8 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-1/4 4-3/8 4-3/8 6-1/8 6-1/8 6-1/8 5-1/4 5-1/4 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/2 5-3/4 6-1/2 5-3/4 6-1/2 6-1/2 6-1/8 6-1/2

Hub No.

Max. Bore

Plain Bore

4JSC 5SC 6SC

† 5SCH 6SCH 6SCHS 7SCH 7SCHS 8SCH

1-1/8 1-1/8 1-3/8 7/8 1-5/8 7/8 1-7/8

... 1/2 5/8 ... 5/8 ... 3/4

8SCHS 9SCH

7/8 2-1/8

... 7/8

9SCHS 10SCH 10SCHS 11SCH 11SCHS 12SCH 12SCHS 13SCH 13SCHS 14SCH

1-1/2 2-3/8 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-7/8 2-7/8 2-1/2 3-3/8 2-1/2 3-7/8

... 1-1/8 ... 1-1/8 ... 1-3/8 ... 1-3/8 ... 1-5/8

7SC 8SC

9SC 10SC 11SC 12SC 13SC 14SC

Bore with Standard Keyway & Set Screw 5/8 – 7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8* 5/8 – 3/4 – 7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8 3/4 – 7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8 –1-1/4–1-3/8 7/8 7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8 – 1-3/8 – 1-1/2 – 1-5/8 7/8 7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8 – 1-3/8 – 1-1/2 – 1-5/8 – 1-3/4 – 1-7/8 7/8 1 – 1-1/8 – 1-3/8 – 1-1/2 – 1-5/8 – 1-3/4 – 1-7/8 – 2-1/8 1-1/8 1-5/8 – 1-7/8 – 2-1/8 – 2-3/8 1-1/8 1-7/8 – 2-1/8 – 2-3/8 – 2-7/8 1-1/8 – 1-5/8 2-1/8 – 2-3/8 – 2-7/8 2-3/8 2-3/8 – 2-7/8 – 3-3/8 2-1/8 – 2-3/8 2-3/8 – 2-7/8 – 3-3/8 – 3-7/8

† FOR 4JSC the hub is an integral part of the flange. 4JSC x 1-1/8 has 1/4 x 1/16 shallow keyseat. * See page F1—10 for bore tolerances F1—13 for std. keyseat dimensions.

L 2-1/2 1-11/16 1-5/8 2-1/16 2-3/8 1-5/8 2-1/16 2-3/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 2-1/16 2-3/8 2-3/8 1-11/16 2-1/16 2-3/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/8 3-3/8 3-3/4 4-7/8 1-1/2 1-9/16 2-9/16 2-15/16 4-1/16 2-15/32 2-15/32 2-27/32 2-27/32 3-31/32 3-1/4 2-23/32

T 7/16 19/32 23/32 23/32 23/32 25/32 25/32 25/32 29/32 29/32 29/32 29/32 29/32 1-1/32 1-1/32 1-1/32 1-1/32 1-1/32 1-1/32 1-7/32 1-7/32 1-7/32 1-7/32 1-7/32 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-11/16 1-11/16 1-11/16 1-11/16 1-11/16 1-31/32 2-1/4

1.3 1.3 2.0 2.4 2.7 2.5 3.0 3.3 3.7 3.5 4.3 4.8 5.5 4.1 5.9 6.4 7.0 10.9 12.3 9.8 10.2 14.5 16.5 22.5 12.5 12.6 16.3 18.4 24.6 23.4 21.3 25.3 23.4 29.6 38.4 55.2

Approximate weight for each flange.

STOCK BORES * Coupling Size

Wt. (lbs.) ■

Dimensions

Dimensions

Wt. (lbs.)

H

Cap Screws Furnished

1-1/16 1-3/32 1-7/32 31/32 1-15/32 1-3/32

2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-13/16 2-13/16

... 4—10 x 1-1/2 4—1/4 x 1-3/4 4—1/4 x 1-1/2 4—1/4 x 1-7/8 4—1/4 x 1-1/2

... .8 1.4 1.1 2.0 1.5

1-23/32 1-7/32

3-1/4 3-1/4

4—5/16 x 2-1/4 4—5/16 x 1-3/4

3.2 2.0

1-31/32 1-17/32 2-11/32 1-21/32 2-23/32 1-29/32 2-31/32 2-17/32 3-11/32 2-15/32 3-27/32

3-5/8 3-5/8 4-3/8 4-3/8 5-1/4 5-1/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 6-1/8 6-1/2

4—3/8 x 2-3/4 4—3/8 x 2-1/4 4—7/16 x 3-1/4 4—7/16 x 2-1/2 4—1/2 x 3-1/2 4—1/2 x 2-3/4 4—5/8 x 4 4—5/8 x 3-1/2 4—5/8 x 4-1/2 4—5/8 x 3-1/2 4—5/8 x 5

4.2 3.7 7.4 5.5 12.2 9.3 16.6 14.1 19.9 16.0 24.2

C

Approximate weight for each hub.

F1–15


BETWEEN SHAFT SPACINGS AVAILABLE

Spacer couplings are available having the most popular between shaft dimensions. Other spacings can be achieved by mixing flanges.

STANDARD

COMBINATION

SEMI-SPACER

STANDARD

COMBINATION

SEMI-SPACER

Spacing 3-1/2 4-3/8 5 7 7-3/4 10

The “Standard” column provides spacings using identical flanges; the “Combination” column mixes flanges; the column headed “Semi-Spacer” uses one flange that is not made for spacer coupling applications and thus does not have a detachable hub.

Use Flanges*

Spacing

Use Flanges*

2-( 2-( 2-( 2-( 2-( 2-(

3-15/16 4-1/4 4-11/16 5-1/4 5-5/8 5-11/16 6 6-1/16 6-3/8 6-3/4 7-3/16 7-3/8 7-1/2 8-1/2 8-7/8

SC35 & SC44 SC35 & SC50 SC44 & SC50 SC35 & SC70 SC35 & SC78 SC44 & SC70 SC50 & SC70 SC44 & SC78 SC50 & SC78 SC35 & SC100** SC44 & SC100** SC70 & SC78 SC50 & SC100 SC70 & SC100 SC78 & SC100

) SC35 ) SC44 ) SC50 ) SC70 ) SC78 ) SC100

Spacing 1-7/8 2-5/16 2-5/8 3-5/8 4 5-1/8

* Check individual coupling size for flange availability. ** Non-Stock Note: Other combinations available — consult factory.

F1–16

Use Flanges* S & SC35 S & SC44 S & SC50 S & SC70 S & SC78 S & SC100


TYPE C SURE-FLEX

CLAMP HUB – SPACER DESIGN FLANGES FLANGES Sure-Flex Type Type CC Clamp Clamp Hub flanges employintegral integrallocking lockingcollars collarsand and screws employ screws to to assure a clampfit fitonon the the shaft. shaft. One assure a clamp One setscrewisisfurnished furnishedover over the the key. key. They setscrew They are are designed primarily for applications designed primarily for applications where where flanges must be removed from one or both flanges must be removed from one or both shafts without moving either the driver or shafts movingapplication either theisdriver or driven without units. A typical a screw driven units. Awhich typical application is a screw compressor uses a replaceable face compressor usesshaft. a replaceable face seal around which the input seal around the input shaft. Sure-Flex®

COUPLINGS

Type C ClampCOUPLINGS Hub Couplings normally use HytrelCsleeves. However, any ofnormally the sleeves Type Clamp Hub Couplings use shown on page F1–5 can be used. Type C Hytrel sleeves. However, any of the sleeves couplings may often be used where spacer shown on page F1—5 can be used. Type C couplings are required.

couplings may often be used where spacer Spacing are between internal flange hubs couplings required. equals G. Spacing between internal flange hubs To order equals G. complete couplings, specify coupling size with flange symbol (C), giving To order complete couplings, specify bore required. Refer to page F1–3 to order coupling size coupling. with flange symbol (C), giving the required bore required. Refer to page F1—3 to order the required coupling.

DIMENSIONS (in.) Flange Size 6C 7C 8C 9C 10C 11C 12C

S

k Bores toc

1-1/8, 1-7/8, 40mm 1-3/8, 1-7/8, 35mm, 40mm 1-3/8, 1-5/8, 1-3/4, 1-7/8, 2-1/8, 2-1/4, 2-3/8, 40mm 1-5/8, 1-3/4, 1-7/8, 2, 2-1/8, 2-1/4, 2-3/8, 2-1/2 1-5/8, 1-7/8, 2-1/4, 2-3/8, 2-1/2 2-1/8, 2-3/8, 2-1/2 2-1/ 8

Distance Maximum Bore Min. Between Bore Standard Shallow Shafts Keyseat Keyseat Min. Max. 7/8 1-1/8

1-5/8 1-7/8

1-7/8 –

2 2-5/16

2-3/4 3-7/16

1-3/8

2-1/4

2-3/8

2-9/16

4

1-5/8 1-5/8 1-7/8 1-7/8

2-1/2 2-7/8 3-3/8 3-3/ 8

2-11/16 – – –

3-1/16 3-9/16 4-1/8 4-7/8

4-5/8 5-1/4 5-7/8 6-1/2

Approx. Wt. (lbs.)*

Dimensions C

D

1-15/16 4.000 2-3/16 4.625

E

G

H

L

X

1.16 1.41

7/8 3 1-1/16 3-1/4

4-3/4 5-7/16

1 1-3/16

2.6 3.6

5.450

1.59

1-1/8

3-7/8

6-1/ 8

1-3/8

6.5

3 6.350 3 -1/2 7.500 4 8.625 4-3/8 10.000

1.97 2.28 2.5 2.69

1-7/16 4-1/4 1-11/16 5 1-7/8 5-3/8 2-3/8 6

7-7/16 8-11/16 9-7/ 8 11-1/8

1-9/16 1-13/16 2-1/8 2-3/8

9.8 16.6 26.0 38.3

2-1/2

For Standard keyseat dimensions, see chart page F1—13. * Weight of one flange.

Bore Tolerances for Type C Flanges These bores provide a slip fit.

Bore (in.)

Tolerance (in.)

Up to and including 2”

+.0005 to +.0015

Over 2”

+.0005 to +.0020

Shallow Keyseat Dimensions Some large bore Type C flanges are supplied with shallow keyseats. In these cases, a rectangular key is furnished. The flanges and bores involved are as follows:

Size

Bore Range

KS

Key Furnished

6C 8C 9C

1-11/16 to 1-7/8 2-5/16 to 2-3/8 2-7/16 to 2-11/16

1/2 X 1/16 5/8 x 1/16 5/8 x 3/16

1/2 x 5/16 x 1-15/16 5/8 x 3/8 x 2-1/2 5/8 x 1/2 x 3 F1–17


SURE-FLEX® COUPLINGS Installation Instructions Sure-Flex flanges (outer metallic parts) and sleeves (inner elastomeric members) come in many sizes and types. First, determine the size and type of components being used. Remove all components from their boxes, and loosely assemble the coupling on any convenient surface. (Do not attempt to install the wire ring on the two-piece E or N sleeve at this time.) Also check maximum RPM values in the table against operating speed. All rubber sleeves (EPDM and Neoprene) have the same ratings for a given size and may be used interchangeably. However, because rubber and Hytrel sleeves have completely different ratings, they never should be used interchangeably. Inspect all coupling components and remove any protective coatings or lubricants from bores, mating surfaces and fasteners. Remove any existing burrs, etc. from the shafts. Slide one coupling flange onto each shaft, using snugfitting keys where required. When using Type B flanges, follow the instructions furnished with the Sure-Grip bushing. Position the flanges on the shafts to approximately achieve the Y dimension shown in the table. It is usually best to have an equal length of shaft extending into each flange. Move one flange to its final position. Torque fasteners to proper values. Slide the other flange far enough away to install the sleeve. With a two-piece sleeve, do not move the wire ring to its final position; allow it to hang loosely in the groove adjacent to the teeth.

Check angular alignment with a micrometer or caliper. Measure from the outside of one flange to the outside of the other at intervals around the periphery of the coupling. Determine the maximum and minimum dimensions without rotating the coupling. The difference between the maximum and minimum must not exceed the figure given under “Angular” in the table. If a correction is necessary, be sure to recheck the parallel alignment.

6

1 2 3

Parallel

MAXIMUM RPM AND ALLOWABLE MISALIGNMENT Sleeve Maximum Size RPM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16

Slide the loose flange on the shaft until the sleeve is completely seated in the teeth of each flange. (The “Y” dimension is for reference and not critical.) Secure the flange to the shaft. Different coupling sleeves require different degrees of alignment precision. Locate the alignment values for your sleeve size and type in the table. Check parallel alignment by placing a straight-edge across the two coupling flanges and measuring the maximum offset at various points around the periphery of the coupling without rotating the coupling. If the maximum offset exceeds the figure shown under “Parallel” in the table, realign the shafts.

4 5

F1–18

Angular

9200 7600 7600 6000 5250 4500 3750 3600 3600 2800 2400 2200 1500

(Dimensions in inches) Types JE, JN, JES, JNS, E & N Parallel Angular .010 .010 .015 .015 .020 .020 .025 .025 .032 .032 .040 .045 .062

.035 .043 .056 .070 .081 .094 .109 .128 .151 .175 .195 .242 .330

Y 1.188 1.500 1.938 2.375 2.563 2.938 3.500 4.063 4.875 4.688 6.688 7.750 10.250

*Type H & HS

Parallel Angular ... ... ... .010 .012 .015 .017 .020 .022 .025 .030 .035 ...

... ... ... .016 .020 .025 .028 .032 .037 .042 .050 .060 ...

Y ... ... ... 2.375 2.563 2.938 3.500 4.063 4.875 5.688 6.625 7.750 ...

Note: Values shown above apply if the actual torque transmitted is more than 1/4 the coupling rating. For lesser torque, reduce the above values by 1/2. *Type H and HS sleeves should not be used as direct replacements for EPDM or Neoprene sleeves.

If the coupling employs the two-piece sleeve with the wire ring, force the ring into its groove in the center of the sleeve. It may be necessary to pry the ring into position with a blunt screwdriver.

7

8

Install coupling guards per OSHA requirements.

CAUTION: Coupling sleeves may be thrown from the coupling assembly with substantial force when the coupling is subjected to a severe shock load or abuse.


DURA-FLEX® COUPLINGS SECTION F2

Patent No. 5,611,732

FEATURES • • • • • • • •

Designed from the ground up using finite element analysis to maximize flex life. Easy two piece element installation. No need to move the hubs during replacement. One spacer size to handle most different between shaft spacings. Light weight element absorbs shock loading and torsional vibration. Same hubs used on both spacer and standard elements. No lubrication. Good chemical resistance. Stock bore-to-size (BTS), Sure-Grip bushed (QD) and Taper-Lock® bushed (TL) Hubs.

The specially designed split-in-half element can be easily replaced without moving any connected equipment.

® Taper-Lock is a registered tradename of Rockwell Automation-Dodge. F2–1


DURA-FLEX COUPLING SELECTION A. Determine the Prime Mover Classification Prime Mover

Class

• Electric Motors (Standard duty), Hydraulic Motors, Turbines • Gasoline or Steam Engines (4 or more cylinders) • Diesel or Gas Engines, High Torque Electric Motors

A B C

B. Determine the Load Characteristics and the Service Factor Typical Applications

Load

Agitators (pure liquids), Blowers (centrifugal, Can and Bottle Filling Machines, Conveyors - uniformly loaded or fed (belt, chain, screw), Fans (centrifugal), Generators (uniform load), Pumps (centrifugal), Screens (air washing, water), Stokers (uniform load), Woodworking Machines (planers, routers, saws)

Uniform

Characteristics Even loads - no shock - non reversing - infrequent starts (up to 10 per hour) - low starting torques

Beaters, Blowers (lobe, vane), Compressors (centrifugal, rotary), Moderate Uneven loads - moderate shock Conveyors - non uniformly loaded or fed (belt, bucket, chain, shock Infrequent reversing-moderate screw), Dredge Pumps, Fans (forced draft, propeller), Kilns, torques Paper Mills (calendars, converting machines, conveyors, dryers, mixers, winders), Printing Presses, Pumps (gear, rotary), Shredders, Textile Machinery (dryers, dyers) Cranes (bridge, hoist, trolley), Fans (cooling tower), Generators (welding), Hammer Mills, Mills (ball, pebble, rolling, tube, tumbling), Pumps (oil well), Wire Drawing Machines

Heavy shock

Uneven loads - heavy shock frequent starts and stops - high starting torques - high inertia peak loads

Prime Mover Class A B C

1.0

1.5

2.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

Note: The above applications depict the generally accepted conditions encountered in industry. Conditions subject to extreme temperatures, abrasive dusts, corrosive liquids, excessively high starting torques, etc., must be considered as extra heavy shock loads. These conditions will increase service factors. Consult TB Wood’s for these selections.

C. Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque • If Prime Mover is a 1160, 1750, or 3500 rpm motor. Design Hp = Prime Mover HP x Service Factor Go to page F2—3 and reference the corresponding motor rpm column. • If Prime Mover is not one of the three speeds listed above. Design HP @ 100 rpm = (Primer Mover Hp x Service Factor x 100) / Coupling RPM Go to page F2—3 and reference HP @ 100 RPM column. • If Using Prime Mover Torque Design Torque = Prime Mover Torque x Service Factor Go to page F2—3 and reference Torque column.

D. Select Coupling (DURA-FLEX Couplings are sold by component) A DURA-FLEX Assembly consists of one element (STD or Spacer) and two hubs (BTS or QD). Optional high speed rings may also be ordered for spacer elements. Below is an ordering example for Dura-Flex Couplings. Part # Element (1) Hubs (2)

HS Rings (1) F2–2

WE2 - WE80 WES2 - WES80 WE[2-80] x Bore WE[4-80] - Bushing WE[3-80] - TL Bushing WE[20-80]R

Description Standard element, sizes 2 through 80 Spacer element, sizes 2 through 80 BTS hubs - stock bore (specify bore size) QD hubs (sizes 4 through 80, bushing not included) TL hubs (sizes 3 through 80, bushing not included) High speed rings - sizes 20-80 (standard for sizes 2-10)

Size 20 Example WE20 WES20 WE20H138 WE20H WE20HTL WE20R


DURA-FLEX COUPLING SELECTION

(continued)

COUPLING RATINGS (STD & SPACER) 3500

Torque (IN LBS)

Stiffness in lbs/ Radian

Standard

10.55 20.27 30.54 51.37 80.52 127.73 202.70 305.43 424.83 694.17 1229.20 2194.50

190 365 550 925 1450 2300 3650 5500 7650 12500 22125 39500

3170 4710 5370 9820 15800 27600 42200 65200 123000 167000 205000 305000

7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 6600 5800 5000 4200 3800 3600 2000

HP @ RPM

Coupling Size

100

1160

1750

WE2 WE3 WE4 WE5 WE10 WE20 WE30 WE40 WE50 WE60 WE70 WE80

.30 .58 .88 1.48 2.30 3.65 5.79 8.85 12.14 19.84 35.12 62.70

3.50 6.72 10.12 17.02 26.69 42.33 67.18 101.23 140.80 230.07 407.39 727.32

5.28 10.13 15.27 25.68 40.26 63.86 101.35 152.72 212.42 347.08 614.60 1097.30

Maximum Rpm Spacer*

Max. Misalignment Parallel

Angular

1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 1/16 3/32 3/32 3/32 3/32 1/8 1/8 1/8

4˚ 4˚ 4˚ 4˚ 4˚ 3˚ 3˚ 3˚ 3˚ 2˚ 2˚ 2˚

7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 4800 4200 3600 3100 2800 2600 1800

*Maximum spacer RPM = Maximum standard RPM if using optional high speed rings. Operating temperature range is -40 F to 200 F.

BTS HUBS - STOCK BORES BORE SIZE PRODUCT NO.* 1/2 12 5/8 58 3/4 34 7/8 78 15/16 15/16 1 1 1-1/16 1116 1-1/8 118 1-3/16 1316 1-1/4 114 1-5/16 1516 1-3/8 138 1-7/16 1716 1-1/2 112 1-9/16 1916 1-5/8 158 1-11/16 11116 1-3/4 134 1-7/8 178 1-15/16 11516 2 2 2-1/8 218 2-3/16 2316 2-1/4 214 2-3/8 238 2-1/2 212 2-5/8 258 2-3/4 234 2-7/8 278 3-3/8 338 3-3/4 334 3-7/8 378 4 4 4-3/8 438 4-7/8 478 MAX BORE

WE2H O X XS XS

WE3H O X XS XS

XS

XS

XS

XS

WE4H

WE5H

WE10H

WE20H

WE30H

WE40H

O X

O

O

X

WE50H

WE60H

WE70H

X

O

O

XS

XS

X

X

XS

XS X X

XS

XS

XS

XS

XS

XS X X XS X S X

XS X XS XS X X XS X XS XS

XS X XS XS

XS XS XS

X X

XS XS

X

X

O X

O

XS XS XS

X XS X

X X

X

X

XS XS

XS XS XS

WE80H

OX XS X XS XS X X X XS X X X XS X

XS XS

X X XS X X X XS X X XS X X XS

O

O

X X X

X X

X X

X X

X

X X X X

X 1-1/8

1-3/8

1-11/16

1-7/8

2-1/8

2-3/8

O NO KEYSEAT X STANDARD KEYSEAT S STEEL HUB OPTION MAX. BORE INCLUDES STANDARD KEYSEAT * PRODUCT NUMBER EXAMPLE ➝

WE5H114 for WE5 x 1-1/4 HUB WE5HS118 for WE5 x 1-1/8 STEEL HUB

2-7/8

3-3/8

3-5/8

4

4-1/2

X 6

BORE TOLERANCES (BTS) BORE SIZE UP TO AND INCLUDING 2” OVER 2”

TOLERANCE +.0005 to +.0015 +.0005 to +.0020

F2–3


DURA-FLEX BTS COUPLINGS Assembly Dimensions for BTS Couplings. (All dimensions in inches)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = .25”

Dimensions Common to BTS Standard and Spacer Assemblies SIZE WE2 WE3 WE4 WE5 WE10 WE20 WE30 WE40 WE50 WE60 WE70 WE80

& WES2 & WES3 & WES4 & WES5 & WES10 & WES20 & WES30 & WES40 & WES50 & WES60 & WES70 & WES80

A

B

C

Max. Bore

3.70 4.24 4.52 5.40 6.48 7.36 8.41 9.71 11.34 12.53 14.00 16.00

1.85 2.32 2.6 3.13 3.65 4.48 5.42 6.63 8.13 8.75 9.25 11.3

0.94 1.50 1.69 1.75 1.88 2.06 2.31 2.50 2.75 3.25 3.62 4.98

1-1/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 1-7/8 2-1/8 2-3/8 2-7/8 3-3/8 3-5/8 4 4-1/2 6

Standard Element Assembly Product No.*

OAL MAX

OAL MIN

WE2 WE3 WE4 WE5 WE10 WE20 WE30 WE40 WE50 WE60 WE70 WE80

3.78 4.32 4.68 5.30 5.57 6.82 7.61 8.16 9.21 10.70 11.88 16.60

3.22 3.80 3.82 4.32 4.33 4.62 5.19 5.56 6.13 7.20 8.24 10.48

Maximum DBSE

Weight lbs.

1.90 1.32 1.30 1.80 1.81 2.70 2.99 3.16 3.71 4.20 4.64 6.64

1.5 3.3 4.4 7.4 11.2 16.3 27.7 45.4 59.0 82.6 109.0 242.0

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly Product No.*

OAL MAX

OAL MIN

Maximum DBSE

Weight lbs.

WES2 WES3 WES4 WES5 WES10 WES20 WES30 WES40 WES50 WES60 WES70 WES80

5.92 8.02 8.38 8.50 8.76 11.17 11.65 11.89 12.31 16.28 16.81 19.73

5.72 7.50 7.52 7.52 7.52 9.35 9.35 9.35 9.35 12.78 13.17 13.61

4.04 5.02 5.00 5.00 5.00 7.05 7.03 6.89 6.81 9.78 9.57 9.77

2.5 4.8 6.1 9.4 13.6 19.2 31.0 48.9 63.5 91.0 128 258

* Product number is element only.

Sizes WES2 through WES10 are furnished with high speed rings. All larger sizes, rings can be ordered as an option. All weights shown are with MPB style hubs.

Shaft Spacing from 1/4” up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing hole patterns. OAL - Over All Length does Not include bolt heads

F2–4


DURA-FLEX QD BUSHED COUPLINGS Assembly Dimensions for QD Bushed Couplings. (All dimensions in inches)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = .25”

Dimensions Common to QD Bushed Standard and Spacer Assemblies SIZE WE4 WE5 WE10 WE20 WE30 WE40 WE50 WE60 WE70 WE80

& WES4 & WES5 & WES10 & WES20 & WES30 & WES40 & WES50 & WES60 & WES70 & WES80

A

B

D

Bushing

Max. Bore

4.52 5.40 6.48 7.36 8.41 9.71 11.34 12.53 14.00 16.00

2.60 3.13 3.65 4.48 5.42 6.63 8.13 8.75 9.25 11.3

1.00 1.25 1.31 1.88 2.00 2.63 2.63 3.63 4.50 6.75

JA SH SDS SK SF E E F J M

1-1/4 1-11/16 2 2-5/8 2-15/16 3-1/2 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5-1/2

Standard Element Assembly Product No.*

OAL MAX

OAL MIN

Maximum DBSE

Weight lbs.

WE4 WE5 WE10 WE20 WE30 WE40 WE50 WE60 WE70 WE80

3.88 4.50 5.07 6.62 6.19 7.00 8.13 9.00 10.86 15.10

3.24 4.24 3.83 4.38 5.43 6.50 6.61 8.68 10.12 13.97

1.88 2.00 2.45 2.86 2.19 1.74 2.87 1.74 1.86 1.60

3.8 6.0 8.8 15.9 25.1 47.0 48.0 79.4 124 268

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly Product No.*

OAL MAX

OAL MIN

Maximum DBSE

Weight lbs.

WES4 WES5 WES10 WES20 WES30 WES40 WES50 WES60 WES70 WES80

7.58 7.70 8.26 10.97 10.23 10.73 11.23 14.58 15.79 18.23

7.28 7.44 7.28 9.35 9.47 10.23 9.71 14.34 15.05 17.11

5.58 5.20 5.64 7.21 6.23 5.47 5.99 7.32 6.79 4.73

5.5 8.0 11.2 18.8 28.4 50.5 52.5 106.8 143 284

* Product number is element only.

Sizes WES4 through WES10 are furnished with high speed rings. All larger sizes, rings can be ordered as an option. All weights shown are with MPB bushings.

Shaft Spacing from 1/4” up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing hole patterns. OAL - Over All Length does Not include bolt heads

F2–5


DURA-FLEX Taper-Lock® BUSHED COUPLINGS Assembly Dimensions for Taper-Lock® Bushed Couplings. (All dimensions in inches)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = .25”

Dimensions Common to Taper-Lock ® Bushed Standard and Spacer Assemblies SIZE WE3 WE4 WE5 WE10 WE20 WE30 WE40 WE50 WE60 WE70 WE80

& WES3 & WES4 & WES5 & WES10 & WES20 & WES30 & WES40 & WES50 & WES60 & WES70 & WES80

A

B

H

Bushing

Max. Bore

4.24 4.52 5.40 6.48 7.36 8.41 9.71 11.34 12.53 14.00 16.00

2.32 2.60 3.13 3.65 4.48 5.42 6.63 8.13 8.75 9.25 11.3

0.88 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.75 1.75 2.00 3.50 4.00

TL1008 TL1008 TL1108 TL1310 TL1610 TL2012 TL2517 TL2517 TL3020 TL3535 TL4040

1 1 1-1/8 1-7/16 1-11/16 2-1/8 2-11/16 2-11/16 3-1/4 3-15/16 4-7/16

Standard Element Assembly Product No.*

OAL

Maximum DBSE

Weight lbs.

WE3 WE4 WE5 WE10 WE20 WE30 WE40 WE50 WE60 WE70 WE80

3.44 3.44 3.94 4.07 4.50 5.07 5.88 6.51 7.32 9.42 11.72

1.68 1.68 2.18 2.07 2.50 2.57 2.38 3.01 3.32 2.42 3.72

1.8 2.6 4.0 6.0 9.0 13.6 21.8 31.5 46.6 66.7 82.0

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly Product No.*

OAL MAX

OAL MIN

WES3 WES4 WES5 WES10 WES20 WES30 WES40 WES50 WES60 WES70 WES80

7.14 7.14 7.14 7.26 8.85 9.11 9.61 9.61 12.90 14.35 14.85

7.28 7.28 7.28 7.28 9.35 9.35 9.61 9.61 12.90 14.35 14.35

Maximum Weight DBSE lbs. 5.38 5.38 5.38 5.26 6.85 6.61 6.11 6.11 8.90 7.35 6.85

3.2 4.2 6.0 7.9 11.9 18.0 26.8 37.4 60.7 81.4 93.2

* Product number is element only. ®Taper-Lock is a registered tradename of Rockwell Automation-Dodge.

F2–6

Sizes WES3 through WES10 are furnished with high speed rings. All larger sizes, rings can be ordered as an option. All weights shown are with MPB bushings.


DURA-FLEX® METRIC COUPLINGS

Patent No. 5,611,732

FEATURES • • • • • • • •

Metric Hardware Designed from the ground up using finite element analysis to maximize flex life. Easy two piece element installation. No need to move the hubs during replacement. One spacer size to handle most different between shaft spacings. Light weight element absorbs shock loading and torsional vibration. Same hubs used on both spacer and standard elements. No lubrication. Good chemical resistance.

The specially designed split-in-half element can be easily replaced without moving any connected equipment.

® Taper-Lock is a registered tradename of Rockwell Automation-Dodge.

F2–7


DURA-FLEX METRIC COUPLING SELECTION

A. Determine the Prime Mover Classification Prime Mover

Class

• Electric Motors (Standard duty), Hydraulic Motors, Turbines • Gasoline or Steam Engines (4 or more cylinders) • Diesel or Gas Engines, High Torque Electric Motors

A B C

B. Determine the Load Characteristics and the Service Factor Typical Applications Agitators (pure liquids), Blowers (centrifugal, Can and Bottle Filling Machines, Conveyors - uniformly loaded or fed (belt, chain, screw), Fans (centrifugal), Generators (uniform load), Pumps (centrifugal), Screens (air washing, water), Stokers (uniform load), Woodworking Machines (planers, routers, saws)

Load Uniform

Characteristics Even loads - no shock - non reversing - infrequent starts (up to 10 per hour) - low starting torques

Beaters, Blowers (lobe, vane), Compressors (centrifugal, rotary), Moderate Uneven loads - moderate shock Conveyors - non uniformly loaded or fed (belt, bucket, chain, shock Infrequent reversing-moderate screw), Dredge Pumps, Fans (forced draft, propeller), Kilns, torques Paper Mills (calendars, converting machines, conveyors, dryers, mixers, winders), Printing Presses, Pumps (gear, rotary), Shredders, Textile Machinery (dryers, dyers) Cranes (bridge, hoist, trolley), Fans (cooling tower), Generators (welding), Hammer Mills, Mills (ball, pebble, rolling, tube, tumbling), Pumps (oil well), Wire Drawing Machines

Heavy shock

Uneven loads - heavy shock frequent starts and stops - high starting torques - high inertia peak loads

Prime Mover Class A B C

1.0

1.5

2.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

Note: The above applications depict the generally accepted conditions encountered in industry. Conditions subject to extreme temperatures, abrasive dusts, corrosive liquids, excessively high starting torques, etc., must be considered as extra heavy shock loads. These conditions will increase service factors. Consult TB Wood’s for these selections.

C. Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque • If Prime Mover is a 970, 1450, or 3000 rpm motor. Design KW = Prime Mover KW x Service Factor Go to page F2—9 and reference the corresponding motor rpm column. • If Prime Mover is not one of the three speeds listed above. Design KW @ 100 rpm = (Primer Mover KW x Service Factor x 100) / Coupling RPM Go to page F2—9 and reference KW @ 100 RPM column. • If Using Prime Mover Torque Design Torque = Prime Mover Torque x Service Factor Go to page F2—9 and reference Torque column.

F2–8


DURA-FLEX METRIC COUPLING SELECTION (continued)

D. DURA-FLEX Couplings are sold by component A DURA-FLEX Assembly consists of one element (STD or Spacer) and two hubs (BTS or QD). Optional high speed rings may also be ordered for spacer elements. Below is an ordering example for Dura-Flex Couplings.

Part #

Description

Size 20 Example

Element (1)

WE2M – WE80M WES2M – WES80M

Standard Metric Element, sizes 2 through 80 Spacer Metric Element, sizes 2 through 80

WE20M WES20M

Hubs (2)

WE[2-80] MPB WE[3-80] – TL Bushing

BTS Hubs – MPB suitable to rebore TL Hubs (sizes 3 through 80, bushing not included)

WE20MMPB WE20MTL

HS Rings (1)

WE[20-80]R

High speed rings – sizes 20-80 (standard for sizes 2-10)

WE20RM

COUPLING RATINGS (STD & SPACER) Coupling Size

KW @ RPM 100

970

1450

3000

WE2M 0.22 2.17 3.24 6.71 WE3M 0.43 4.20 6.27 12.98 WE4M .66 6.37 9.52 19.69 WE5M 1.10 10.71 16.00 33.11 WE10M 1.72 16.64 24.87 51.45 WE20M 2.72 26.40 39.47 81.65 WE30M 4.32 41.88 62.61 129.53 WE40M 6.60 64.01 95.69 197.98 WE50M 9.05 87.81 131.27 271.58 WE60M 14.79 143.51 214.52 443.84 WE70M 26.19 254.03 379.74 785.67 WE80M 46.76 453.53 677.95 1402.66

Torque Stiffness (Nm) NM/RAD

21.47 41.24 62.14 104.5 163.8 259.9 412.4 621.4 864.3 1412 2500 4463

358 532 607 1110 1790 3120 4770 7370 13900 18900 23200 34500

Maximum Rpm Standard Spacer*

7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 6600 5800 5000 4200 3800 3600 2000

7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 4800 4200 3600 3100 2800 2600 1800

Max. Misalignment Parallel (MM)

1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 3.2 3.2 3.2

Angular

4˚ 4˚ 4˚ 4˚ 4˚ 3˚ 3˚ 3˚ 3˚ 2˚ 2˚ 2˚

*Maximum spacer RPM = Maximum standard RPM if using optional high speed rings

F2–9


DURA-FLEX METRIC BTS COUPLINGS Assembly Dimensions for BTS Couplings. (All dimensions in millimeters)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = 6.35mm

Dimensions Common to BTS Standard and Spacer Assemblies SIZE

A

B

C

Max Bore

WE2M & WES2M WE3M & WES3M WE4M & WES4M WE5M & WES5M WE10M & WES10M WE20M & WES20M WE30M & WES30M WE40M & WES40M WE50M & WES50M WE60M & WES60M WE70M & WES70M WE80M & WES80M

94 108 115 137 165 187 214 247 288 318 356 406

47 59 66 80 93 114 138 168 207 222 235 287

24 38 43 44 48 52 59 64 70 83 92 124

29 35 41 48 54 60 73 86 92 102 114 152

Standard Element Assembly Product No.

OAL MAX

OAL MIN

Maximum DBSE

Weight kg

WE2M WE3M WE4M WE5M WE10M WE20M WE30M WE40M WE50M WE60M WE70M WE80M

96 110 119 135 141 173 193 207 234 272 279 375

82 97 97 110 105 109 118 129 147 164 183 236

48 34 33 46 46 69 76 80 94 107 123 169

.07 1.5 2.0 3.4 5.1 7.4 12.6 20.6 26.8 37.5 49.4 110

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly Product No.

OAL MAX

OAL MIN

Maximum DBSE

Weight kg

WES2M WES3M WES4M WES5M WES10M WES20M WES30M WES40M WES50M WES60M WES70M WES80M

145 204 213 216 223 284 296 302 313 414 427 501

145 185 185 185 185 237 237 237 237 315 318 318

103 128 127 127 127 180 180 175 173 248 243 248

1.1 2.2 2.8 4.3 6.2 8.7 14.1 22.2 28.8 41.3 58.1 117

Sizes WES2M through WES10M are furnished with high speed rings. All larger sizes, rings can be ordered as an option. All weights shown are with MPB style hubs.

* Product number is element only. Shaft Spacing from 6.35 mm up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing hole patterns. OAL — Over All Length does Not include bolt heads.

F2–10


DURA-FLEX METRIC Taper-Lock® BUSHED COUPLINGS Assembly Dimensions for Taper-Lock® Bushed Couplings. (All dimensions in millimeters)

Minimum Shaft Spacing = 6.35 mm

Dimensions Common to Taper-Lock ® Bushed Standard and Spacer Assemblies SIZE

A

B

H

Bushing

Max Bore

WE3M & WES3M WE4M & WES4M WE5M & WES5M WE10M & WES10M WE20M & WES20M WE30M & WES30M WE40M & WES40M WE50M & WES50M WE60M & WES60M WE70M & WES70M WE80M & WES80M

108 115 137 165 187 214 247 288 318 356 406

59 66 80 93 114 138 168 207 222 235 287

22 22 22 25 25 32 44 44 51 89 102

TL1008 TL1008 TL1108 TL1310 TL1610 TL2012 TL2517 TL2517 TL3020 TL3535 TL4040

26 26 29 36 44 55 68 68 82 100 113

Standard Element Assembly Product No.

OAL

Maximum DBSE

Weight kg

WE3M WE4M WE5M WE10M WE20M WE30M WE40M WE50M WE60M WE70M WE80M

87 87 100 103 114 129 149 165 186 238 298

43 43 56 52 64 65 60 76 84 60 95

0.8 1.2 1.8 2.7 4.1 6.2 9.9 14.3 21.1 30.3 37.2

* Product number is element only.

Spacer Element Assembly Product No.

OAL MAX

OAL MIN

Maximum DBSE

Weight kg

WES3M WES4M WES5M WES10M WES20M WES30M WES40M WES50M WES60M WES70M WES80M

185 185 185 185 237 237 244 244 328 364 377

185 185 185 185 237 237 237 237 315 318 318

137 137 137 133 174 168 155 155 226 186 174

1.5 1.9 2.7 3.6 5.4 8.2 12.2 17.0 27.5 36.9 42.3

Sizes WES3M through WES10M are furnished with high speed rings. All larger sizes, rings can be ordered as an option. All weights shown are with MPB bushings.

* Product number is element only. ® Taper-Lock is a registered Trademark of Rockwell Automation - Dodge Shaft Spacing from 6.35 mm up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing hole patterns. OAL — Over All Length does Not include bolt heads.

F2–11


We Have A Product for ALL Your Coupling Needs

Besides the full line of stock DURA-FLEX couplings — Wood’s has other stock coupling lines that may fill your application.

Sure-Flex® • • • •

Operates in shear No lubrication Four-way flexibility Easy installation

Up to 115 HP @ 100 rpm

Gear Couplings® • High Torque Capacity • Torsionally Stiff • Good Inherent Balance • Rated for Higher Speeds • Many Types and Configurations

Up to 2714 HP @ 100 rpm

Jaw Couplings • • • •

Form-Flex® • All metal construction • No lubrication • Wide temperature range • Zero backlash • API offering

Economical No maintenance Industry standard Large inventories

Up to 3175 HP @ 100 rpm

Up to 30 HP @ 100 rpm


JAW TYPE ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS

SECTION F3 L-JAW Straight Jaw • 100% interchangeable with industry standard • 4 Insert materials available • Large selection of sizes

C-JAW Straight Jaw • Uses individual cushions • For higher torque loads • Cushions easily replaced

F3–1


JAW COUPLING SELECTION Determine the Prime Mover Classification Prime Mover

Class

• Electric Motors (Standard duty), Hydraulic Motors, Turbines • Gasoline or Steam Engines (4 or more cylinders) • Diesel or Gas Engines, High Torque Electric Motors

A B C

Determine the Load Characteristics and the Service Factor Typical Applications Agitators (pure liquids), Blowers (centrifugal, Can and Bottle Filling Machines, Conveyors - uniformly loaded or fed (belt, chain, screw), Fans (centrifugal), Generators (uniform load), Pumps (centrifugal), Screens (air washing, water), Stokers (uniform load), Woodworking Machines (planers, routers, saws)

Load

Characteristics

Uniform

Even loads - no shock - non reversing - infrequent starts (up to 10 per hour) - low starting torques — Up to 8 hours per day — Over 8 hours per day

Beaters, Blowers (lobe, vane), Compressors (centrifugal, rotary), Moderate Uneven loads - moderate shock Conveyors - non uniformly loaded or fed (belt, bucket, chain, shock Infrequent reversing-moderate screw), Dredge Pumps, Fans (forced draft, propeller), Kilns, torques Paper Mills (calendars, converting machines, conveyors, dryers, — Up to 8 hours per day mixers, winders), Printing Presses, Pumps (gear, rotary), — Over 8 hours per day Shredders, Textile Machinery (dryers, dyers) Cranes (bridge, hoist, trolley), Fans (cooling tower), Generators Heavy Uneven loads - heavy shock (welding), Hammer Mills, Mills (ball, pebble, rolling, tube, shock frequent starts and stops - high tumbling), Pumps (oil well), Wire Drawing Machines starting torques - high inertia peak loads — Up to 8 hours per day — Over 8 hours per day

Prime Mover Class A B C

1.0 1.5

1.5 2.0

2.0 2.5

1.5 2.0

2.0 2.5

2.5 3.0

2.0 2.5

2.5 3.0

3.0 3.5

Note: The above applications depict the generally accepted conditions encountered in industry. Conditions subject to extreme temperatures, abrasive dusts, corrosive liquids and dusts. Excessively high starting torques, etc., must be considered as extra heavy shock loads. These conditions will increase service factors. Consult factory for these selections.

Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque • If Prime Mover is a 1200, 1800, or 3600 rpm motor. Design Hp = Prime Mover HP x Service Factor Go to page F3—3 and reference the corresponding motor rpm column. • If Prime Mover is not one of the three speeds listed above. Design Hp @ 100 rpm = (Primer Mover Hp x Service Factor x 100) / Coupling RPM Go to page F3—3 and reference HP @ 100 RPM column. • If Using Prime Mover Torque Design Torque = Prime Mover Torque x Service Factor Go to page F3—3 and reference Torque column.

Jaw Couplings are sold by component Below is an ordering example for each Jaw style coupling. All listed components must be ordered to receive a complete coupling. Components Driver Hub Driven Hub

L-JAW Product No.

Description

L09958 L09912NK

L099 x 5/8 L099 x 1/2

C-JAW Product No. Description C280178 C280158

C280 x 1-7/8 C280 x 1-5/8

C280N

C280 Buna-N

no keyseat

Insert

L099N

L099 Buna-N

(contains 6 cushions)

Cover

none

none

C280CH w/ hardware

F3–2

C280 Cover


TORQUE - HORSEPOWER RATINGS

COLOR

BLACK

BLUE

WHITE

BRONZE

F3–3


STOCK BORES

NOTE: L-JAW Hubs also available in aluminum – contact factory.

F3–4


STOCK BORES

0 No Keyseat

1 Standard Keyseat

C-Jaw Product Number Example: Item Part No. Hub C226212 Cushion C226N Cover C226CH

X No Keyseat or Standard Keyseat

Description C226x21/2 Cushion Kit Cover Kit

F3–5


COUPLING DIMENSIONS

S.I. = Powdered metal

C.I. = Cast Iron

*Weight of coupling assembly with minimum bores. NOTE: L-JAW Hubs also available in aluminum – contact factory.

F3–6


HD ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS

SECTION F4

Couplings require no lubrication and have proven to be technically superior, low in cost, simple in design, rugged, corrosion resistant, and maintenance-free. These couplings will tolerate substantial misalignment, and control shock loads. Replacement of the urethane rolls, if required, is a simple operation, taking a matter of minutes and involving no special skills or tools. Installation and alignment is quick and easy.

ROLL UNDER LIGHT LOAD.

ROLL UNDER HEAVY LOAD.

The diagram above shows how the coupling accommodates parallel misalignment. Note the black roll shifting position in its pockets as the hubs rotate. The action under angular misalignment can be seen from the diagram at the right.

HOW IT WORKS The Elastomeric line of couplings uses the strength continuously roll and adjust their positions to and resiliency of urethane, plus the rolling ability of the accommodate whatever misalignment is present. cylindrical elements, to transmit torque without causing Increasing torque deforms the rolls bringing more and lateral forces or moments to be applied to either shaft. more urethane into play. This means that the torqueMisalignment is permitted by the generous clearances deflection characteristics of the coupling are non linear, a within the metallic parts of the coupling. The urethane fact that gives the coupling a distinct advantage in rolls key the male and female hubs together and seek their controlling torsional vibrations. own position in the pockets formed by the hubs. They F4–1


STANDARD SERIES – HD ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS The standard HD elastomeric coupling consists of one male and one female hub with a set of eight straight rolls. This coupling is used for straight shaft connections. The hubs are cast iron. The rolls are made of urethane. Finished bored coupling hubs are provided with a class 1 clearance fit, standard keyway, and setscrew over the keyway.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 2 DEGREES

SIZE HD2 HD3 HD4 HD5 HD6 HD7 HD8

MAX BORE MALE FEMALE 0.88 1.00 1.18 1.38 1.63 1.88 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.75 3.93 5.13 5.50

A 3.00 4.09 5.38 7.00 8.38 11.00 15.25

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES C D E 1.31 0.09 1.19 1.68 0.12 1.62 2.25 0.12 2.19 2.43 0.18 2.44 2.93 0.18 2.93 3.93 0.25 3.93 5.44 0.38 5.44

B 2.59 3.42 4.56 5.05 6.04 8.11 11.26

MAX RPM F 1.50 2.00 2.75 3.50 4.25 5.75 8.00

G 1.75 2.25 3.00 4.00 4.75 6.25 8.50

3600 3600 3600 3600 2900 2100 1800

WEIGHT LBS 2.25 5.25 11.00 23.00 41.00 88.00 250.00

PARALLEL OFFSET-MAX 0.03” 0.03” 0.04” 0.04” 0.05” 0.05” 0.06”

HD SERIES TORQUE RATINGS SIZE HD2 HD3 HD4 HD5 HD6 HD7 HD8

HEAVY DUTY (BLUE) ROLLS RATED TORQUE IN LBS HP/100RPM 1000.00 1.59 3160.00 5.02 5540.00 8.79 15120.00 24.00 22000.00 34.92 54400.00 86.35 126000.00 2000.00

HD COUPLING SERVICE FACTOR GUIDE TYPE OF LOAD LIGHT Uniform or steady load never exceeding horsepower rating, infrequent starting, Agitators, Blowers, Conveyors, Fans, Generators, Centrifugal pumps. MODERATE Heavy inertia, moderate shock, frequent starting. Peak loads not to exceed 125% of average horsepower. Uneven loads. Rotary pumps and compressors, Cranes, Mine and Propeller fans, Grinders, Mixers, and Gear pumps. HEAVY Heavy shock conditions or frequent reversing. Peak loads exceed 125% of average horsepower. Reciprocating pumps and compressors, Crushers, Mills–rolling, hammer or ball, Vibrators, Punches, and shears.

F4–2

ELECTRIC MOTOR OR STEAM TURBINE

ENGINE–MORE THAN 6 CYLINDERS

ENGINE–LESS THAN 6 CYLINDERS

1.0

1.5

2.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

2.0

2.5

3.0


HD4CS – ALL COMPOSITE FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS The HD4CS coupling is a high misalignment coupling designed for cooling tower and verticle pump drive applications up to 50HP. This coupling uses TB Wood’s TrueTube composite spacer tubing. The male and female coupling halves are also made of compression molded composite material. Only the hubs and mounting hardware are metal. Tightly fitted spherical urethane rolls support the composite spacer assembly while accomodating up to 2 degrees of continous angular misalignment.

COUPLING DATA RATED TORQUE:................................................. 3600 IN. LBS. FREE END FLOAT:............................................... +/- .100” MAXIMUM DBSE:................................................. 162 INCHES MAX INSTALLATION CLEARANCE:..................... 5 DEGREES WEIGHT–LBS @ 36” DBSE:................................ 16.1 LBS. WEIGHT–LBS ADD PER INCH:........................... 0.11 LBS.

RATINGS FOR COOLING TOWER OR CENTRIFUGAL PUMP SERVICE WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVES OPERTING SPEED–RPM 1800 1500 1200 1000 MAXIMUM HP 50 42 40 33 ANGULAR MISALIGNMENT 2.0 DEG MAXIMUM DBSE–INCHES* HD4-CS2G (GLASS TUBE) 64 70 78 86 HD4-CS2R (HYBRID TUBE) 79 83 105 111 HD4-CS2B (CARBON TUBE) 95 104 116 127

CLASS A C E

MATERIALS USED HUB HARDWARE STEEL STEEL ZINC PLATED STEEL 304 STAINLESS STEEL 304 STAINLESS STEEL 304 STAINLESS STEEL

*CONSULT FACTORY FOR DBSE LONGER THAN 84 INCHES

HD FLYWHEEL COUPLING The HD Flywheel coupling is designed for use on close coupled engine driven equipment. This coupling is designed with limited clearance between the roll and the male and female coupling halves to assure long life when used with reciprocating engine drivers. Heavy duty rolls are long life when used with reciprocating engine drivers. Heavy duty rolls are standard on this series. The male half and rolls may be installed “blind” into the female half bolted to an engine flywheel. Hubs are made of steel material. Flywheel adapters are cast iron.

SIZE

*See page F5—25 for adapter details.

SIZE

HD5.5 HD6.5 HD7.5

RATED TORQUE IN LBS HP/100RPM 12000 22000 55440

19.0 34.9 88.0

HD5.5 HD6.5 HD7.5

WEIGHT lbs 27.9 32.9 49.2

MAX BORE

A

B

2.62 3.25 4.25

7.00 8.38 11.00

3.25 3.63 4.50

WR2 LB IN2 571.5 648.0 1071.0

TQ/RAD X106 IN LBS/RAD .120 .249 .786

MISALIGNMENT RATINGS ANGULAR PARALLEL AXIAL 1 DEG. +/-.020” +/-.060” 1 DEG. +/-.020” +/-.060” 1 DEG. +/-.020” +/-.060”

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES C D F 0.50 0.63 0.63

0.50 0.25 0.25

2.75 3.38 4.25

G

H

J

1.83 2.25 2.91

3.80 4.48 6.14

1.31 1.56 2.06

HD1 FLOATING SHAFT COUPLING This couplling is a low cost floating shaft design for general purpose use in low horsepower applications. The spacer is fabricated by welding male flanges to steel tubing. The female rings are die cast zinc. Barrel shaped urethane rolls are used to support the floating spacer. Hubs are mild steel. Consult factory for more information.

RATED TORQUE:

180 IN LBS

RATED MISALIGNMENT:

1.5 DEGREES PER FLEX

F4–3


FLEXIBLE MEMBER CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Resistance to Acetone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ammonia, Anhydrous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ammonium Hydroxide Solutions . . . . . . ASTM hydrocarbon test fluid . . . . . . . . . ASTM oil No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASTM oil No. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASTM reference fuel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASTM reference fuel B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASTM reference fuel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Benzene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Butane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carbon Tetrachloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chlorobenzene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chloroform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chromic Acid, 10-50% . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dowtherm A Solvent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethyl Alcohol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ethylene Glycol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glycerin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrochloric Acid, 20%. . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydrogen Peroxide, 88-1/2%. . . . . . . . . Isopropyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kerosene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lacquer Solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lubricating Oils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Methyl Alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mineral Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Naphtha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nitric Acid, 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nitrobenzene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phenol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phosphoric Acid, 20%. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pickling Solution (20% Nitric Acid, 4% HF) . . . . . . . . Soap Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sodium Hydroxide, 20% . . . . . . . . . . . . Stearic Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sulfuric Acid, up to 50% . . . . . . . . . . . . Sulfuric Acid, 50 to 80% . . . . . . . . . . . . Tannic Acid, 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toluene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trichloroethylene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turpentine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Xylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A - Fluid has little or no effect B - Fluid has minor to moderate effect C - Fluid has severe effect F4–4

Neoprene R

EPDM

Urethane

Hytrel ®

B A A(158F) X A B(158F) A C C C A C X C C B A(158F) A(158F) A B A(158F) A A B A B C B(158F) A(158F) A C B C B T

A T A C C C C C X C B C X C T ... A A X B-C T ... T T T X ... X T X C T A T T

C T A T A(158F) B(158F) A B(122F) C C(158F) A C(122F) X C X B C B B B A B B T C C X B C A B C C C T

B ... T A A A A A B B A C X C ... ... A A A A A A B T A T B A A A A B C C ...

B-C A(158F) A B(158F) A(158F) B-C A C C C A(212F) X

X T A T T T T C X C A(158F) C

X A T A T C A C(122F) C C A(122F) C

X A A T A C T B C ... A(158F) B

® Registered Trademark of Dupont

T - No data; likely to be compatible X - No data; not likely to be compatible Blanks indicate that no evaluation has been attempted


SECTION F5

FORM-FLEX FLEXIBLE DISC COUPLINGS ®

• Long Life • Low Maintenance • Design Flexibility

F5–1


FORM-FLEX METAL DISC FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS Form-Flex couplings transmit torque while compensating for angular, parallel and axial misalignment between two connected shafts. Flexible disc couplings minimize the misalignment forces on the connected equipment. The Basic flex coupling consists of two hubs, a spacer and two flexible discs. The flex disc is an assembly of thin metal laminations. In figure shown below, flex disc holes A & C are bolted to the hub and holes B & D are bolted to the spacer. Torque is transmitted in direct tensions from A to B and from C to D through the flex disc. Misalignment is taken through bending in the link between the bolt holes.

COOLING TOWER DRIVES

VERTICAL PUMP DRIVES

Form-Flex metal disc couplings are widely used in cooling fan drive applications. Form-Flex 4 bolt disc couplings offer more misalignment capacity than any competing metal disc design.

For smaller towers up to about 100 inches DBSE, TB Wood’s offers steel and composite spacer tubing options. TrueTube composite torque tubes are lighter than steel and eliminate thermal growth and vibration problems.

Form-Flex composite floating shaft couplings are recommended as a replacement for older multi-section drivelines. Composite couplings can span up to 240 inches without high maintenance center support bearings.

F5–2

Form-Flex floating shaft couplings are a costeffective, maintenance free alternative to cardan U-joints for vertical pump drivelines. Form-Flex couplings are available with either steel or composite spacer tubing. Composite spacer tubing can reduce total cost by eliminating the need for bearings and support structures.


FORM-FLEX METAL DISC FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS HIGH STRENGTH STEEL FASTENERS

COMPLETE PRODUCT OFFERING -TORQUE CAPACITY TO 3175 HP/100 RPM -CLOSE COUPLE, SPACER AND FLOATING SHAFT DESIGNS

-NO MOVING PARTS -ZERO BACKLASH

OVER 30 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN METAL DISC COUPLINGS

HIGH STRENGTH STAINLESS STEEL FLEX DISCS -HIGH TORSIONAL STIFFNESS -NO LUBRICATION REQUIRED

APPLICATIONS -PUMPS -COMPRESSORS -PRINTING

ALL METAL CONSTRUCTION -FANS AND BLOWERS -FOOD PROCESSING -MACHINE TOOLS

-WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -AVAILABLE IN CARBON OR STAINLESS STEEL -COMPOSITE MATERIALS NOW AVAILABLE

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS • PUMPS Form-Flex spacer and close couple designs are ideally suited for all types of pump applications

• ENGINE DRIVEN EQUIPMENT Form-Flex heavy duty FSH series couplings are commonly used to drive reciprocating compressors and other engine driven equipment

• PRINTING Form-Flex couplings’ high torsional stiffness allows precise registration for high quality printing lineshaft applications

• POSITIONING SYSTEMS Zero backlash and high torsional stiffness make Form-Flex the first choice for servo and stepper drives

F5–3


Form-Flex Flex Disc Designs

DISC STYLE

DESIGN FEATURES

4 BOLT (A, M SERIES)

WHERE USED

Straight sided flex disc.

Ideal for general industrial applications with motor or turbine drivers and smooth to moderate load conditions.

1 degree angular misalignment. Torque range: 35 LB. IN. to 30,240 LB. IN.

Low to moderate speed ranges.

Zero backlash.

Serve or stepper driven positioning systems.

All machined steel construction.

Applications where misalignment may be a problem. 4 bold designs offer the highest misalignment capacity of any metal disc design.

Stainless steel flex discs. Steel or stainless steel materials. Minimum reaction forces. 6 BOLT (B SERIES)

Not recommended for engine driven applications. Ideal for motor or turbine drivers with any load conditions.

Straight sided disc. 0.7 degree angular misalignment.

Use for reversing, reciprocating or other rough load conditions.

Torque range: 3050 LB. IN. to 233,000 LB. IN.

May be used with industrial engines driving smooth loads.

Suitable for precision balancing. Zero backlash.

Moderate to high speed ranges and applications where dynamic balancing is required.

All machined steel construction. Stainless steel flex discs.

8 BOLT (D, F, H SERIES)

Steel or stainless steel materials.

Consider 6 bolt where 4 bolt size requires increasing coupling size to meet bore size requirements.

Round disc design.

High torque-low speed applications.

0.3 degree angular misalignment.

Industrial engines driving reciprocating equipment.

Torque range: 9500 LB. IN. to 2,000,000 LB. IN.

Heavy-duty reversing applications. Custom designs for high torque applications.

Zero backlash. Heavy duty cast construction. Alloy or stainless steel flex discs. Flywheel mount designs.

MATERIAL CLASSES APPLIES TO 4 AND 6 BOLT DESIGNS COUPLING

MATERIAL CLASS BY COMPONENT HUB SPACER ASSY REPAIR KIT

DESCRIPTION

A

A

A

A

Mild steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series SS flex disc

B

B

B

A

Zinc plated steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series SS flex disc

C

B

C

E

Zinc plated steel hubs and spacer, 300 series SS flex disc and hardware

E

E

E

E

All 300 series stainless steel construction

PRODUCT FEATURES AND OPTIONS FEATURE STANDARD BORE FIT

AR, AK, AP AX, AY

BH, BP, BY DP*

BF

BA, DA*

A5, A7

CLEARANCE

INTERFERENCE

CLEARANCE

SET SCREWS

STANDARD

OPTIONAL

STANDARD

PULLER HOLES

OPTIONAL

STANDARD

OPTIONAL

STANDARD FLEX DISCS BALANCE CLASS DYNAMIC BALANCE

HFTH

AGMA 7

AGMA 8

AGMA 9

OPTIONAL

AGMA 7

HH, HSH, FSH

INTERFERENCE OPTIONAL STANDARD

300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL*

*Alloy steel flex disc is standard for DA and DP series. Stainless steel is optional.

F5-4

B5

OPTIONAL ALLOY STEEL

N/A PER TBW COMMERCIAL STANDARD

N/A N/A


COUPLING/APPLICATION TYPES

COUPLING TYPE

SINGLE FLEX

CLOSE COUPLE DOUBLE FLEX

SPACER COUPLINGS DOUBLE FLEX

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

PAGE

Single flexing couplings compensate for angular and axial misalignment only. Single couplings should only be used in a three bearing system with a self-aligning bearing as shown in the illustration. Single couplings may also be used in pairs to support a clutch, transducer or other system component. These arrangements are double flexing and must be used with two fully supported shafts as described below.

AR BH HH

F5–12 F5–13 F5–14

Close couple designs accommodate angular, parallel and axial misalignment types where two fully supported shafts are located very close together. Close shaft separations are generally in the range of 1/8 to 2 inches.

AX AA AY BY BA DA

F5–15 F5–16 F5–17 F5–18 F5–19 F5–19

Spacer couplings are used to connect fully supported shafts with wider separations than can be reached with a close couple design. Spacer couplings allow room for installation and maintenance without moving the connected equipment. Shaft separations are generally in the range of 3 to 12 inches. These couplings accommodate angular, parallel and axial misalignment.

AK AP BP BF DP HSH FSH

F5–20 F5–20 F5–21 F5–23 F5–22 F5–24 F5–25

A5 A7 B5 HFTH C/S

F5–26 F5–27 F5–28 F5–29 F5–30, 31

MA MB MC

F5–32 F5–32 F5–32

Floating shaft couplings are spacer style couplings which are designed to connect widely separated shafts. The coupling spacers are fabricated. Both steel and TrueTube composite tubing options are available.

FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS

PAGES SERIES

Semi-floating shaft couplings are a special single flex version of the floating shaft coupling. These may be used alone for some applications or in combination with floating shaft couplings and pillow block bearings to span long distances. Composite floating shaft couplings should be considered as an alternative to multiple span applications with center bearings.

MICRO COUPLINGS DOUBLE FLEX

Form-Flex Micro Couplings are used for precision low torque applications. They are a smaller version of our 4 bolt line. Micro Couplings are constructed of aluminum for reduced inertia. Close couple and spacer designs are available.

F5-5


SELECTING AND ORDERING FORM-FLEX COUPLINGS 1) Select correct service factor from the chart below. 2) Calculate HP @ 100 or Design Torque (in lbs). HP @ 100 = HP x service factor x 100 coupling RPM OR Design Torque (in lbs) = 63025 x HP x service factor coupling RPM OR Design Torque = Torque (in lbs) x Service Factor 3) Compare this to the HP @100 column or the Rated Torque column. 4) Check other limiting factors such as bores and overall dimensions. 5) Standard Four or Six bolt couplings can be ordered as hubs and a center assembly. All other couplings should be ordered by description.

SERVICE FACTOR TABLE These service factors assume a smooth motor or turbine type driver. The adders listed for other driver types must be added to the service factor shown for the driven equipment. ADDERS FOR DRIVER TYPE DRIVEN EQUIPMENT S.F. DRIVER ADD CONVEYORS-Uniform load (Cont.) TURBINE 0 Flight 1.25 AC MOTORS Oven 1.50 With Soft Start 0 Screw 1.25 NEMA A or B 0 CONVEYORS-Non-Uniform Load NEMA C or D 1 Apron 1.50 DC MOTORS Assembly 1.25 Shunt Type 0 Belt 1.25 Series or Compound 1 Bucket 1.50 I/C ENGINES Chain 1.50 8 or More Cylinders 1 Flight 1.50 4-6 Cylinders 1.5 Oven 1.50 1-3 Cylinders 2 Reciprocating 2.50 Screw 1.50 DRIVEN EQUIPMENT S.F. Shaker 2.50 CRANES AND HOISTS AGITATORS 2.00 Pure Liquids 1.00 Main Cranes 2.00 Liquids and Solids 1.25 Reversing 1.75 Liquids-Variable Density 1.25 Skip Hoists Trolley Drive 1.75 BLOWERS 1.75 Centrifugal 1.00 Bridge Drive 1.50 Lobe 1.50 Slope Vane 1.25 DREDGES 1.75 BRIQUETTER MACHINE 1.00 Cable Reels 1.50 CAN FILLING MACHINE 1.00 Conveyors Maneuvering Winches 1.75 COMPRESSORS 1.75 Centrifugal 1.25 Pumps 1.75 Lobe 1.50 Screen Drives 1.75 Reciprocating C/F Stracers Utility Winches 1.50 CONVEYORS-Uniform Load Apron 1.25 ELEVATORS 1.75 Assembly 1.00 Bucket 1.50 Belt 1.00 Centrifugal Discharge 2.00 Bucket 1.25 Freight 1.50 Chain 1.25 Gravity Discharge

F5-6

DRIVEN EQUIPMENT FANS Centrifugal Cooling Tower FEEDERS Apron Belt Disc Reciprocating Screw FOOD INDUSTRY Cereal Cookers Dough Mixers Meat Grinders Slicers LUMBER INDUSTRY Barkers-Drum Type Edger Feeders Live Rolls Log Haul Off Bearing Rolls Planers Slab Conveyors Sorting Table Trimmer Feed MACHINE TOOLS Bending Roll Plate Planer Spindle Drives Table/Axis Drives Tapping Machines PAPER MILLS Beater & Pulper Bleacher Calendars Converting Machines

S.F. DRIVEN EQUIPMENT PAPER MILLS-(Cont.) 1.00 Couch 2.00 Cutters, Platers Cylinders 1.25 Dryers 1.25 Felt Stretchers 1.25 Felt Whipper 2.50 Presses 1.25 Reel Stock Chests 1.25 Suction Roll 1.75 Washers and Thickeners 1.75 Winders 1.75 PRINTING PRESSES PUMPS 2.00 Centrifugal 2.00 Reciprocating Double Acting 2.00 Single Acting 1-2 Cylinders 2.00 Single Acting 3+ Cylinders 2.00 1.75 Rotary-Gear, Lobe, Vane 1.50 TEXTILE INDUSTRY 1.50 Batchers 1.75 Calenders Card Machines 2.00 Cloth Finishing Machines 1.50 Dry Cans 1.50 Dryers 1.25 Dyeing Machinery 2.50 Looms Mangles 1.75 Nappers 1.00 Soapers 2.00 Spinners 1.50 Tinter Frames

S.F. 1.75 2.00 1.75 1.75 1.25 2.00 2.00 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.00 2.00 2.25 1.75 1.50 1.25 1.75 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.50 1.25 1.50 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.50 1.50


COUPLING SELECTION GUIDE

TYPICAL APPLICATION CONDITIONS SMOOTH MOTOR OR TURBINE DRIVEN

STEADY MOTOR OR TURBINE DRIVEN

MODERATE MOTOR OR TURBINE DRIVEN

MEDIUM MOTOR OR TURBINE DRIVEN

HEAVY-HIGH TQ. MOTOR OR ENGINE DRIVEN

EXTRA HEAVY ENGINE DRIVEN

EXTREMELY HEAVY ENGINE DRIVEN

SOFT START WITH STEADY LOAD

AVERAGE STARTING LOADS AND SLIGHT TORQUE VARIATIONS

ABOVE AVERAGE STARTING LOADS AND MODERATE LOAD VARIATIONS

HIGH STARTING TORQUES AND MEDIUM TO HEAVY LOAD VARIATIONS

MILD SHOCK LOADING ENGINES. DRIVING SMOOTH LOADS. EXTREME RELIABILITY

HEAVY SHOCK LOADING OR LIGHT REVERSING

EXTREME SHOCK LOADING. FREQUENT WIDE TORQUE VARIATIONS.

1.5

2.0

3.25

4.0

1) CONSULT FACTORY FOR APPLICATIONS IN SHADED AREAS. 2) TORQUE RATINGS MAY VARY BY COUPLING SERIES. 3) USE THE 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR COLUMN IF A SERVICE FACTOR WAS USED IN THE HP/100 RPM CALCULATION.

TYPE/SIZE

MICRO 4 BOLT

RATED MAX TORQUE RPM LB*IN

01 9 02 17 03 35 04 87 300 A SERIES 05 4 BOLT 10 800 15 1,575 20 2,200 25 3,800 30 6,930 35 11,340 40 18,270 45 30,240 3,050 B SERIES 33 6 BOLT 38 6,860 43 13,500 48 18,400 53 24,000 58 41,000 63 48,000 68 72,000 73 125,000 78 233,000 9,500 D SERIES 22 8 BOLT 26 16,000 31 24,000 35 44,000 37 60,000 42 73,000 45 99,000 50 128,000 55 189,000 60 261,000 70 415,000 75 533,000 80 685,000 85 829,000 92 1,040,000 105 1,250,000 160 2,000,000

20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 8,500 7,500 6,700 6,200 5,500 5,000 4,400 4,000 3,700 17,400 14,300 12,700 11,000 10,700 9,475 8,590 7,800 6,740 5,600 3,800 3,300 2,800 2,600 2,500 2,400 2,250 2,000 1,800 1,600 1,400 1,300 1,200 1,100 1,000 1,000 900

O.D.

MAX BORE

1.0

SERVICE FACTOR 2.5

3.0

RATED HP/100 RPM AT SERVICE FACTOR SHOWN

1.02 1.26 1.65 2.24 2.65 3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95 5.63 6.63 7.64 8.43 4.69 5.87 6.7 7.5 7.87 9 10 10.75 12.5 15.05 6.00 6.88 8.13 9.13 10.06 11.00 11.88 13.44 15.00 16.75 18.94 20.63 22.38 23.75 25.75 29.25 33.50

0.38 0.59 0.79 0.79 0.87 1.25 1.37 1.62 2.00 2.37 2.87 3.25 3.75 2.50 3.25 3.75 4.38 4.50 5.13 5.50 6.00 6.50 7.50 2.25 2.63 3.13 3.63 3.75 4.50 4.75 5.50 6.25 7.12 7.87 8.75 9.12 9.62 11.00 12.00 17.00

CONSULT WOOD’S SAN MARCOS

0.01 0.03 0.06 0.14 0.48 1.27 2.50 3.49 6.03 11.00 18.00 29.00 48.00 4.84 10.89 21.43 29.21 38.10 65.08 76.19 114.29 198.41 369.84 15.08 25.40 38.10 69.84 95.24 115.87 157.14 203.17 300.00 414.29 658.73 846.03 1,087.30 1,315.87 1,650.79 1,984.13 3,174.60

0.01 0.02 0.04 0.09 0.32 0.85 1.67 2.33 4.02 7.33 12.00 19.33 32.00 3.23 7.26 14.29 19.47 25.40 43.39 50.79 76.19 132.28 246.56 10.05 16.93 25.40 46.56 63.49 77.25 104.76 135.45 200.00 276.19 439.15 564.02 724.87 877.25 1,100.53 1,322.75 2,116.40

0.01 0.01 0.03 0.07 0.24 0.63 1.25 1.75 3.02 5.50 9.00 14.50 24.00 2.42 5.44 10.71 14.60 19.05 32.54 38.10 57.14 99.21 184.92 7.54 12.70 19.05 34.92 47.62 57.94 78.57 101.59 150.00 207.14 329.37 423.02 543.65 657.94 825.40 992.06 1,587.30

0.19 0.51 1.00 1.40 2.41 4.40 7.20 11.60 19.20 1.94 4.36 8.57 11.68 15.24 26.03 30.48 45.71 79.37 147.94 6.03 10.16 15.24 27.94 38.10 46.35 62.86 81.27 120.00 165.71 263.49 338.41 434.92 526.35 660.32 793.65 1,269.84

NOT RECOMMENDED FOR THESE APPLICATIONS

1.61 3.63 7.14 9.74 12.70 21.69 25.40 38.10 66.14 123.28 5.03 8.47 12.70 23.28 31.75 38.62 52.38 67.72 100.00 138.10 219.58 282.01 362.43 438.62 550.26 661.38 1,058.20

1.49 3.35 6.59 8.99 11.72 20.02 23.44 35.16 61.05 113.80 4.64 7.81 11.72 21.49 29.30 35.65 48.35 62.52 92.31 127.47 202.69 260.32 334.55 404.88 507.94 610.50 976.80

3.77 6.35 9.52 17.46 23.81 28.97 39.29 50.79 75.00 103.57 164.68 211.51 271.83 328.97 412.70 496.03 793.65

F5-7


4 BOLT COUPLING HUB OPTIONS TO ORDER A COMPLETE COUPLING, ORDER TWO HUBS OF ANY TYPE AND A COUPLING (SPACER) SUB ASSEMBLY FOR THE REQUIRED COUPLING TYPE. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES. AZ OVERSIZE BORE HUBS AJ STANDARD HUBS PROVIDED WITH STRAIGHT BORE AND KEYWAY

PROVIDED WITH STRAIGHT BORE AND KEYWAY SOLID HUBS AVAILABLE FROM STOCK

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

MAX BORE 0.87 1.25 1.37 1.62 2.00 2.38 2.88 3.25 3.75

A 2.65 3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95 5.63 6.63 7.64 8.43

B 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.35 0.45 0.55 0.55 0.65 0.65

F 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.32 1.62 1.88 2.25 2.50 3.00

H 1.30 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 3.30 4.15 4.65 5.40

J 0.38 0.38 0.41 0.50 0.63 0.69 0.88 0.94 1.20

STD SET SCREW SIZE 10-24 UNC 1/4-20 UNC 1/4-20 UNC 1/4-20 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 1/2-13 UNC

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

MAX BORE 1.13 1.63 1.88 2.13 2.38 2.88 3.75 4.00 4.63

A 2.65 3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95 5.63 6.63 7.64 8.43

B 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.35 0.45 0.55 0.55 0.65 0.65

F 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.32 1.62 1.88 2.25 2.50 3.00

H 1.88 2.37 2.69 3.13 3.75 4.25 5.25 6.02 6.75

QD BORED HUBS

HUBS FOR TAPER LOCK BUSHINGS

MATERIAL CLASS A OR B ONLY - CLASS A AVAILABLE FROM STOCK

AVAILABLE MTO ONLY

CPLG SIZE 15 20 25 30 35 40

BUSH. BUSH. MAX SIZE TQ. BORE LB*IN 1000 1-1/4 JA JA 1000 1-1/4 SH 3500 1-11/16 SD 5000 2 SK 7000 2-5/8 SF 11000 2-15/16

B

C

F

H

1.17 1.17 1.50 2.06 2.19 2.38

1.00 1.00 1.25 1.81 1.87 2.06

.56 .56 .75 1.25 1.25 1.37

2.00 2.40 2.80 3.30 4.15 4.65

BOLT SIZE UNC #10 #10 1/4 1/4 5/16 3/8

CPLG SIZE

BUSH SIZE

15 20 25 30 35 40

N/A 1108 1215 1310 2012 2525

REGULAR MOUNT BUSH MAX TQ BORE LB*IN ... ... 1300 1.12 3550 1.25 3850 1.37 7150 2.00 11300 2.50

F

BUSH SIZE

... 0.87 1.50 1.00 1.25 2.50

1108 1215 1310 1615 2517 2525

J 0.38 0.38 0.41 0.50 0.63 0.69 0.88 0.94 1.20

STD SET SCREW SIZE 10-24 UNC 1/4-20 UNC 1/4-20 UNC 1/4-20 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 1/2-13 UNC

REVERSE MOUNT BUSH MAX TQ BORE LB*IN 1300 1.12 3550 1.25 3850 1.37 4300 1.62 11600 2.50 11300 2.50

AC/AD CLAMPING HUBS

AL LOCK ELEMENT HUBS

AC HUBS PROVIDED WITHOUT KEYWAY AD HUBS PROVIDED WITH KEYWAY MATERIAL CLASS A OR B ONLY

THESE HUBS USE RINGFEDER TAPERED LOCKING ELEMENTS MATERIAL CLASS A OR B ONLY

SIZE

MAX BORE AC AD

A

F

G

H

SCREW SIZE

05

1.00

0.87

2.65

1.13

.50

2.06

1/4-20 UNC

10

1.00 1.50 1.00 1.75 1.31 2.12 2.13 2.50

0.87 1.25 0.87 1.37 1.00 1.62 1.62 1.87

3.19

1.18 1.36 1.27 1.46 1.32 1.52 1.62 1.86

.50 .69 .50 .69 .55 .75 .64 .88

2.06 2.75 2.06 3.00 2.38 3.50 3.50 4.00

1/4-20 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 1/4-20 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 1/4-20 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 5/16-18 UNC 3/8-16 UNC

15 20 25

3.65 4.08 4.95

NOTE: AC and AL Hubs do not carry full torque capacity. Please consult engineering.

F5-8

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25

HUB TYPE AJ AZ AJ AZ AJ AZ AJ AZ AJ AZ

BORE SIZE-mm MIN MAX 6 13 14 19 12 18 19 30 12 22 24 35 22 30 32 42 22 32 35 50

B 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.13 1.32 1.32 1.63 1.63

F 1.32 1.42 1.42 1.42 1.55 1.55 1.78 1.83 2.05 2.23

G .32 .42 .42 .42 .42 .42 .42 .51 .42 .60

F 0.87 1.50 1.00 1.50 1.75 2.50

SCREW SIZE 10-32 UNF 1/4-28 UNF 1/4-28 UNF 1/4-28 UNF 1/4-28 UNF 1/4-28 UNF 1/4-28 UNF 5/16-24 UNF 1/4-28 UNF 3/8-24 UNF


COUPLING HUB OPTIONS 6 BOLT COUPLING HUBS

8 BOLT COUPLING HUBS

BH SERIES–USED ON BH, BP, B5, BY SERIES PROVIDED WITH STRAIGHT BORE AND KEYWAY INTERFERENCE FIT WITHOUT SETSCREWS IS RECOMMENDED

Dxx-3 CAST IRON MATERIAL, Dxx-3ST CAST STEEL MATERIAL USED ON HH, HSH, FSH, HFTH SERIES INTERFERENCE FIT WITHOUT SETSCREWS IS RECOMMENDED

SIZE 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68 73 78

MAX BORE 2.25 3.00 3.25 3.75 3.88 4.25 4.88 5.00 5.25 6.50

A 4.69 5.87 6.70 7.50 7.87 9.00 10.00 10.75 12.50 15.05

B 0.30 0.35 0.42 0.40 0.55 0.65 0.65 0.75 1.00 1.15

F 1.75 2.25 2.50 2.75 2.88 3.25 3.38 3.75 5.13 6.38

H 3.14 4.13 4.63 5.40 5.65 6.22 7.14 7.33 7.80 9.50

J 0.88 1.13 1.25 1.50 1.44 1.63 1.69 1.88 2.50 3.12

SIZE 22 26 31 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92

OPTIONAL SET SCREW SIZE 1/4-20 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 3/8-16 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 1/2-13 UNC 3/4-10 UNC 3/4-10 UNC 3/4-10 UNC 3/4-10 UNC

MAX BORE IRON STEEL – 2.25 2.62 – 3.12 – 3.62 – 3.75 – 4.25 4.50 4.50 4.75 5.12 5.50 5.62 6.25 6.50 7.12 7.00 7.87 7.75 8.75 8.00 9.12 8.50 9.62 10.00 11.00

A 6.00 6.87 8.12 9.12 10.06 11.00 11.87 13.43 15.00 16.75 18.93 20.62 22.37 23.75 25.75

B 0.53 0.62 0.69 0.88 0.88 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.44 1.75 1.75 2.09 2.13 2.62

F 2.50 2.88 3.38 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.25 7.00 7.25 7.75 8.25 9.00

H 3.88 4.50 5.50 6.12 6.50 7.00 7.43 8.38 9.50 10.50 11.75 13.00 13.75 14.50 15.87

FORM-FLEX DISC IDENTIFICATION CHART ALL DIMENSIONS ARE ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST FRACTIONAL SIZE FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES. NO TOLERANCES ARE SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED. DISC SET THICKNESS VARIES FOR TYPE BA AND DA

4 BOLT DISCS

6 BOLT DISCS

8 BOLT DISCS

SIZE

WIDTH

I.D.

B.C. DIA 1-7/8 2-3/8 2-5/8

CHORD

1 1-3/16 1-1/4

HOLE DIA 1/4 1/4 5/16

1-5/16 1-5/8 1-7/8

DISC SET THICKNESS 0.06 0.09 0.12

5 10 15

1-13/16 2-3/16 2-9/16

20 25 30

2-13/16 3-9/16 4

1-5/8 1-3/4 2-1/16

5/16 7/16 1/2

3-1/8 3-3/4 4-1/4

2-3/16 2-5/8 3

0.14 0.15 0.18

35 40 45

4-3/4 5-1/2 6-1/16

2-3/4 3 3-1/2

1/2 5/8 5/8

5-1/4 6 6-3/4

3-3/4 4-1/4 4-3/4

0.28 0.30 0.40

50 55

7 7-3/4

4 4-1/4

3/4 1

7-3/4 8-1/2

5-1/2 6

0.43 0.51

SIZE

WIDTH

I.D.

3-3/4 4-13/16 5-11/6

2-3/4 3-9/16 3-15/16

B.C. DIA 3-3/4 4-7/8 5-9/16

CHORD

33 38 43

HOLE DIA 1/4 5/16 7/16

1-7/8 2-7/16 2-7/8

DISC SET THICKNESS 0.10 0.13 0.16

48 53 58

6-3/8 6-3/4 7-3/4

4-5/8 4-3/4 5-1/4

7/16 1/2 5/8

6-3/8 6-5/8 7-7/16

3-3/16 3-5/16 3-3/4

0.19 0.24 0.25

63 68

8-1/2 9-1/4

6 6-1/4

5/8 3/4

8-3/8 9-15/16

4-3/16 5

0.30 0.34

SIZE

WIDTH

I.D.

5-5/8 6-9/16 7-3/4

3-7/8 4-7/16 5-1/4

B.C. DIA 4-3/4 5-1/2 6-1/2

CHORD

22 26 31

HOLE DIA 5/16 13/32 15/32

1-13/16 2-1/8 2-1/2

DISC SET THICKNESS 0.17 0.23 0.25

35 37 42

8-5/8 9-5/8 10-1/2

5-3/4 6-5/16 6-3/4

17/32 5/8 11/16

7-1/4 8 8-5/8

2-3/4 3-1/16 3-5/16

0.29 0.31 0.31

45 50 55

11-1/4 12-13/16 14-3/8

7-1/4 8-1/2 9

3/4 7/8 1

9-1/4 10-1/2 11-3/4

3-1/2 4 4-1/2

0.37 0.46 0.54

60 70 75

15-15/16 18-/8 19-3/4

9-15/16 11-1/8 12

1-1/8 1-5/16 1-7/16

13 14-3/4 16

5 5-5/8 6-1/8

0.59 0.78 0.80

80 85 92

21-7/16 22-7/8 24-7/8

13-1/8 14 15

1-9/16 1-3/4 1-7/8

17-3/8 18-1/2 20

6-5/8 7-1/8 7-5/8

0.81 0.87 1.00

F5-9


ENGINEERING STANDARDS FORM - FLEX COUPLINGS INDUSTRY STANDARDS REFERENCED AGMA 9002-A86–BORES AND KEYWAYS FOR FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS AGMA 9000-C90–FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS – POTENTIAL UNBALANCED CLASSIFICATION AGMA 514.02–LOAD CLASSIFICATION AND SERVICE FACTORS FOR FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS API610–CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS FOR GENERAL REFINERY SERVICE, 7th Edition–BF and BP series meet the requirements of API610, 7th Edition when supplied with interference fit bores. Other coupling series can be altered to comply with API610. NEMA MG1-14.37 AND MG1-21.81–All Form-Flex metal disc couplings meet these standards without limited end float devices Certain tables and data in this catalog were extracted from the reference AGMA standards with the permission of the publisher, the American Gear Manufacturers Associations, 1901 North Meyer Drive, Arlington, VA 22209. MATERIAL CLASSES APPLICABLE TO 4 AND 6 BOLT DESIGNS CLASS A– Mild steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series stainless steel flex discs. CLASS B– Zinc plated mild steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series stainless steel flex discs. CLASS C– Zinc plated mild steel hubs and spacer, 300 series stainless steel hardware and flex discs. CLASS E– All 300 series stainless steel construction. DYNAMIC BALANCING RECOMMENDATIONS Use this graph to determine the appropriate balance class based on coupling weight and operating speed. The balance classes listed on the graph are for equipment with average sensitivity to coupling unbalance. The user should determine how sensitive the equipment train is to coupling unbalance. Use one balance class higher if your system has higher than average sensitivity to unbalance. Use one balance class lower if your system has lower than average sensitivity to unbalance. Use this guide to check your coupling selection against the recommended balance class for your operating conditions. The following factors should be considered when determining a machine’s sensitivity to coupling unbalance. 1) Shaft End Deflection: Machines having flexible shaft extensions are relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance. 2) Bearing Load Due to Coupling Weight Relative to Total Bearing Load: Machines having lightly loaded bearings, bearings that are primarily loaded by the weight of the coupling or other overhung weight are relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance. 3) Bearing, Bearing Support and Foundation Flexibility: Machines or systems with flexible foundations for supports for the rotating elements are relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance. 4) System Natural Frequencies: Machines operating at or near natural frequencies are sensitive to coupling unbalance. 5) Machine Separation: System having widely separated machines are relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance. 6) Shaft Extension Relative to Bearing Span: Machines having a short bearing span relative to their shaft extensions are sensitive to static unbalance. HOW FORM-FLEX COUPLINGS ACCOMMODATE MISALIGNMENT Double flexing metal disc couplings may be used to accommodate angular, parallel and axial misalignment. Single flexing couplings may only be used to accommodate angular and axial misalignment. A metal disc type coupling uses a double hinge effect through two flexible discs and the spacer to compensate for parallel offset misalignment between shafts. Parallel misalignment imposes the same angular deflection (A) on each flex disc. Angular misalignment of either connected shaft, (B), creates additional angular deflections which are added to the angular offset due to parallel misalignment. The total misalignment angle, (C), at the flex disc is equal to the angular offset due to parallel misalignment (A) plus the angular offset due to angular misalignment (B). The maximum misalignment angle (C) should never exceed the rated misalignment capacity of the coupling type being used. Machinery equipment changes in actual operation and over the life of the equipment. We recommend that the machinery misalignment be set as close to zero as possible when a coupling is installed. We recommend keeping the measured misalignment below 25% of the rated misalignment capacity of the coupling type used when the machinery is installed and aligned. The remaining coupling misalignment capacity will then be available to accommodate additional misalignment caused by foundation shifts, vibrations, thermal growth or other causes.

F5-10


ENGINEERING STANDARDS FORM-FLEX COUPLINGS PRODUCT FEATURES AND OPTIONS FEATURE

AR, AK, AP AX, AY CLEARANCE STANDARD OPTIONAL

BH, BP, BY BF BA, DA* A5, A7 B5 HFTH HH, HSH, FSH DP* STANDARD BORE FIT INTERFERENCE CLEARANCE INTERFERENCE SET SCREWS OPTIONAL STANDARD OPTIONAL PULLER HOLES STANDARD OPTIONAL STANDARD OPTIONAL STANDARD FLEX DISCS 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL* ALLOY STEEL BALANCE CLASS AGMA 7 AGMA 8 AGMA 9 AGMA 7 N/A N/A DYNAMIC BALANCE OPTIONAL PER TBW COMMERCIAL STANDARD N/A *Alloy steel flex disc is standard for DA and DP series. Stainless steel is optional.

STANDARD BORE TOLERANCES INCH SIZE 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 15/16

SIZE

BORE TOLERANCE

12 58 34 78 15/16

KEYWAY SIZE 1/8 X 1/16 3/16 X 3/32 3/16 X 3/32 3/16 X 3/32 1/4 X 1/8

CLEARANCE FIT .500/.501 .625/.626 .750/.751 .875/.876 .9375/.9385

INTERFERENCE FIT ... ... .7490/.7495 .8740/.8745 .9365/.9370

1 1-1/8 1-3/16 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-7/16 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 1-15/16

1 118 1316 114 138 1716 112 158 134 178 11516

1/4 X 1/8 1/4 X 1/8 1/4 X 1/8 1/4 X 1/8 5/16 X 5/32 3/8 X 3/16 3/8 X 3/16 3/8 X 3/16 3/8 X 3/16 1/2 X 1/4 1/2 X 1/4

1.000/1.001 1.125/1.126 1.1875/1.1885 1.250/1.251 1.375/1.376 1.4375/1.4385 1.500/1.501 1.625/1.626 1.750/1.751 1.875/1.876 1.9375/1.9385

.9990/.9995 1.1240/1.1245 1.1865/1.1870 1.2490/1.2495 1.3740/1.3745 1.4365/1.4370 1.4990/1.4995 1.623/1.624 1.748/1.749 1.873/1.874 1.9355/1.9365

2 2-1/8 2-1/4 2-3/8 2-7/16 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-3/4 2-7/8 2-15/16

2 218 214 238 2716 212 258 234 278 21516

1/2 X 1/4 1/2 X 1/4 1/2 X 1/4 5/8 X 5/16 5/8 X 5/16 5/8 X 5/16 5/8 X 5/16 5/8 X 5/16 3/4 X 3/8 3/4 X 3/8

2.000/2.001 2.1250/2.1265 2.2500/2.2515 2.3750/2.3765 2.4375/2.4390 2.5000/2.5015 2.6250/2.6265 2.7500/2.7515 2.8750/2.8765 2.9375/2.9390

1.998/1.999 2.123/2.124 2.248/2.249 2.373/2.374 2.4355/2.4365 2.498/2.499 2.623/2.624 2.748/2.749 2.873/2.874 2.9355/2.9365

3 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4

3 314 338 312 358 334

3/4 X 3/8 3/4 X 3/8 7/8 X 7/16 7/8 X 7/16 7/8 X 7/16 7/8 X 7/16

3.000/3.0015 3.2500/3.2515 3.3750/3.3765 3.5000/3.5015 3.6250/3.6265 3.7500/3.7515

2.998/2.999 3.2470/3.2485 3.3720/3.3735 3.4970/3.4985 3.6220/3.6235 3.7470/3.7485

4 4-1/4 4-1/2 4-3/4

4 414 412 434

1 X 1/2 1 X 1/2 1 X 1/2 1-1/4 X 5/8

4.0000/4.0015 4.2500/4.2515 4.5000/4.5015 4.7500/4.7515

3.9970.3.9985 4.2465/4.2480 4.4965/4.4980 4.7465/4.7480

5 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-3/4

5 514 512 534

1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/2

... ... ... ...

4.9965/4.9980 5.2460/5.2475 5.4960/5.4975 5.7460/5.7475

X X X X

5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4

SPECIFYING TAPERED BORES

METRIC SIZE 6 8 10 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 25 28 30 32 35 38 40 45 48 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110

SIZE CODE 6MM 8MM 10MM 12MM 13MM 14MM 15MM 16MM 18MM 20MM 22MM 24MM 25MM 28MM 30MM 32MM 35MM 38MM 40MM 45MM 48MM 50MM 55MM 60MM 65MM 70MM 75MM 80MM 85MM 90MM 95MM 100MM 110MM

KEYWAY SIZE 2X1 2X1 3 X 1.4 4 X 1.8 5 X 2.3 5 X 2.3 5 X 2.3 5 X 2.3 6 X 2.8 6 X 2.8 6 X 2.8 8 X 3.3 8 X 3.3 8 X 3.3 8 X 3.3 10 X 3.3 10 X 3.3 10 X 3.3 12 X 3.3 14 X 3.8 14 X 3.8 14 X 3.8 16 X 4.3 18 X 4.4 18 X 4.4 20 X 4.9 20 X 4.9 22 X 5.4 22 X 5.4 25 X 5.4 25 X 5.4 28 X 6.4 28 X 6.4

BORE TOLERANCE CLEARANCE FIT .236/.237 .315/.316 .394/.395 .4725/.4735 .512/.513 .551/.552 .591/.592 .630/.631 .709/.710 .7875/.7885 .866/.867 .945/.946 .984/.985 1.1025/1.1035 1.181/1.182 1.260/1.261 1.378/1.379 1.496/1.497 1.575/1.576 1.772/1.773 1.890/1.891 1.969/1.970 2.1655/2.1670 2.3620/2.3635 2.5590/2.5605 2.7560/2.7575 2.9530/2.9545 3.1500/3.1515 3.3465/3.3480 3.5435/3.5450 3.7400/3.7415 3.9370/3.9385 4.3310/4.3325

BORE TOLERANCES IN INCHES KEYWAY SIZES IN MM

KEYWAY TOLERANCES WIDTH ENGLISH METRIC HEIGHT BORE < = 3.375” AT SIDE OF KW BORE > 3.375”

Please provide the following information for taper bore hubs: 1) Drawing of HUB showing bore and keyway details. OR 2) Drawing of shaft showing: (LD) Large diameter, specify with tolerance. (S) Length of taper, measure parallel to shaft centerline. (T) Taper angle. Specify as degrees, taper per foot or a percentage. (P) Desired pull-up of hub on shaft. (D) Counterbore diameter as required. (E) Counterbore depth as required. Keyway or shaft keyseat dimensions. Specify width, depth and keyway taper angle. -AND OPTIONALLY3) Drawing or sketch of equipment layout in order to determine correct spacer length.

+ .002”/ –0.000” + .001”/ –0.000” + .015”/ –0.000” + .020”/ –0.000”

F5–11


SINGLE FLEX – AR SERIES 4 BOLT SINGLE FLEXING COUPLING (FORMERLY AJ SERIES) The AR series coupling accommodates angular and axial misalignment only. Single couplings may be used in pairs to support a clutch, brake or other power transmission component in a floating shaft arrangement, or to support a component that is supported by a self-aligning bearing. The AR coupling consists of two hubs and one set of standard hardware, including stainless steel flex discs.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC HUB OPTIONS HUB TYPE AJ - STANDARD AZ OVERSIZE QD BUSHING MOUNT AC/AD CLAMP AL LOCK ELEMENT SEE PAGE F5–8

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

SIZE 05-45 05-45 15-40 05-25 05-25

MAX BORE AJ AZ 0.87 1.13 1.25 1.63 1.37 1.88 1.62 2.13 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.88 2.88 3.75 3.25 4.00

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 05-45 05-45 B C 15-45 E 15-45 SEE PAGE F5–4

COUPLING CONSISTS OF: 2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- AJ35A X 1-3/8 1 – FLEX ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- A35RKA THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

A 2.65 3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95 5.63 6.63 7.64

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES* D B DBSE 2.24 0.24 2.27 0.27 2.58 0.32 2.98 0.34 3.69 0.45 4.23 0.47 5.05 0.55 5.60 0.60

F

H

J

1.00 1.00 1.13 1.32 1.62 1.88 2.25 2.50

1.30 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 3.30 4.15 4.65

0.54 0.59 0.88 0.79 1.00 1.14 0.97 1.30

FREE END FLOAT +/- INCH 0.015 0.020 0.021 0.027 0.030 0.032 0.042 0.050

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 0.48 1.27 2.50 3.49 6.03 11.00 18.00 29.00

RATED TORQUE ( lb. in.) 300 800 1,575 2,200 3,800 6,930 11,340 18,270

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 600 1,600 3,150 4,400 7,600 13,860 22,680 36,540

AGMA 7 MAX RPM 8,500 7,500 6,700 6,200 5,500 5,000 4,400 4,000

MAX RADIAL LOAD (lbs.) 34 56 125 183 275 400 600 850

WEIGHT (lbs.)

WR2 (lb. in.2)

1.24 1.96 2.98 4.07 7.01 10.8 17.2 25.6

0.96 2.35 4.62 7.48 20.4 41.5 88.3 178.

NOTE: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F5–12

TQ/RAD X106 (lb. in./rad) 0.28 0.84 1.47 2.11 3.62 5.91 11.0 17.0

FLEX ASSY PART # AxxRKA AxxRKA AxxRKE AxxRKE xx = SIZE


SINGLE FLEX – BH SERIES 6 BOLT SINGLE FLEXING COUPLING The BH series coupling accommodates angular and axial misalignment only. Single couplings may be used in pairs to support a clutch, brake or other power transmission component in a floating shaft arrangement, or to support a component that is supported by a self-aligning bearing. The BH coupling consists of two hubs and one set of standard hardware, including stainless steel flex discs.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.7 DEG/DISC

SIZE 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68

MAX BORE 2.25 3.00 3.25 3.75 3.88 4.25 4.88 5.00

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES D A B DBSE 4.69 5.87 6.70 7.50 7.87 9.00 10.00 10.75

3.79 4.84 5.47 6.00 6.28 7.06 7.36 8.35

0.29 0.34 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.56 0.60 0.85

HUB TYPES SIZES BH 33-78 SEE PAGE F5–9 F

H

1.75 2.25 2.50 2.75 2.88 3.25 3.38 3.75

3.14 4.13 4.63 5.40 5.65 6.22 7.14 7.33

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 33-78 B 33-78 C 38-63 E MTO 38-63 SEE PAGE F5–4

FLEX ASSY PART # BOxxRKA BOxxRKA BOxxRKE BOxxRKE xx = SIZE

COUPLING CONSISTS OF: 2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- BH48Ax3” 1 – FLEX ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- BO48RKA THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

SIZE 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 4.84 10.08 19.84 26.98 38.10 53.97 76.19 114.29

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 3,050 6,350 12,500 17,000 24,000 34,000 48,000 72,000

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 6,100 12,500 25,000 34,000 48,000 68,000 96,000 144,000

AGMA 8 MAX RPM 8,400 7,500 6,800 6,500 6,000 5,500 5,200 4,800

MAX RADIAL LOAD (lbs.) 150 240 420 655 720 930 1,125 1,530

WEIGHT (lbs.)

WR2 (lb. in.2)

5.76 11.4 17.3 25.2 29.8 45.4 58.4 73.4

14.5 46.6 91.7 171 226 443 715 984

TQ/RAD FREE END X106 FLOAT (lb. in./rad) +/- inch 4.57 0.03 9.41 0.04 17.8 0.05 25.5 0.06 29.8 0.06 50.0 0.06 76.6 0.07 96.7 0.07

NOTE: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BH HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F5–13


SINGLE FLEX– HH SERIES 8 BOLT SINGLE COUPLING The HH series is designed for high torque, low speed applications. Hubs are cast iron. Steel is optional. Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless steel flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing for higher speed operation is not recommended. Single plane balancing of individual hubs is available.

SIZE 22 26 31 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92 105 160

SIZE 22 26 31 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92 105 160

MAX BORE IRON STEEL 2.25 – 2.62 – 3.12 3.63 3.62 4.00 3.75 4.50 4.25 4.75 4.50 5.13 5.12 5.50 5.62 6.25 6.50 7.12 7.00 7.87 7.75 8.75 8.00 9.12 8.50 9.62 10.00 11.00 10.50 12.00 16.00 17.00 HP PER 100 RPM 1.0S.F 15.08 25.40 38.10 69.84 95.24 115.87 157.14 203.17 300.00 414.29 658.73 846.03 1,087.30 1,315.87 1,650.79 1,984.13 3,174.60

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES D A (2) B DBSE 6.00 6.87 8.12 9.12 10.06 11.00 11.87 13.43 15.00 16.75 18.93 20.62 22.37 23.75 25.75 29.25 33.50

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 9,500 16,000 24,000 44,000 60,000 73,000 99,000 128,000 189,000 261,000 415,000 533,000 685,000 829,000 1,040,000 1,250,000 2,000,000

5.43 6.29 7.38 8.16 8.81 9.31 9.87 11.06 12.25 13.84 15.50 16.05 17.06 18.12 19.75 22.75 26.25 PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 14.250 24,000 36,000 66,000 90,000 109,500 148,500 192,000 283,500 391,500 622,500 799,500 1,027,500 1,243,500 1,560,000 1,875,000 3,000,000

0.43 0.53 0.62 0.66 0.81 0.81 0.87 1.06 1.25 1.34 1.50 1.55 1.56 1.62 1.75 1.75 2.25 AGMA 8 MAX RPM 3,800 3,300 2,800 2,600 2,500 2,400 2,250 2,000 1,800 1,600 1,400 1,300 1,200 1,100 1,000 1,000 900

F

H

2.50 2.88 3.38 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.25 7.00 7.25 7.75 8.25 9.00 10.50 12.00

3.87 4.50 5.50 6.12 6.50 7.00 7.43 9.50 9.50 10.50 11.75 13.00 13.75 14.50 15.87 20.00 24.00

MAX RADIAL LOAD (lbs.) 338 570 700 930 1,170 1,300 1,700 2,250 3,200 4,000 6,100 6,900 7,500 8,700 11,100 8,460 11,300

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

HUB OPTIONS HUB TYPE SIZE C.I. 26-160 STL 31-160 SEE PAGE F5–9

ORDERING: HH Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub type, bore sizes, and flex disc materials. A coupling will be configured to meet your specification.

WEIGHT (lbs.)

WR2 (lb. in.2)

17 26 43 61 77 95 115 163 228 328 451 588 732 840 1,160 1,780 2,310

62 129 304 557 820 1,250 1,810 3,290 5,570 10,300 18,200 27,400 42,100 54,700 89,400 160,000 325,000

NOTE: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR CAST IRON HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) HUB FLANGE O.D. MAY VARY WITH STEEL HUBS.

F5–14

TQ/RAD FREE END X10 6 FLOAT (lb. in./rad) +/- inch 12.7 0.018 22.1 0.022 36.4 0.026 52.8 0.028 69.6 0.031 84 0.034 106 0.036 147 0.041 243 0.046 349 0.051 482 0.058 682 0.062 779 0.068 911 0.070 1220 0.078 3200 0.085 5140 0.125


CLOSE COUPLE – AX SERIES 4 BOLT CLOSE COUPLED COUPLING (GENERAL USE) The AX series close coupling is made up of two hubs, a steel spacer block, two stainless flex discs and AX hardware. A special bolting arrangement supports the spacer between the flex discs. The AX is an economical design that it well suited to many general purpose applications. The AX accommodates close shaft separations when is is installed with the shafts extending through the flex discs into the center of the coupling. The shaft diameter must be less than the flex disc I.D. listed in the dimensional table.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC

AD HUB SHOWN

HUB OPTIONS HUB TYPE AJ - STANDARD AZ - OVERSIZE QD BUSHING MOUNT AC/AD CLAMP AL LOCK ELEMENT SEE PAGE F5–8

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

SIZE 05-45 05-45 15-40 05-25 05-25

MAX BORE AJ AZ 0.87 1.13 1.25 1.63 1.37 1.88 1.62 2.13 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.88 2.88 3.75 3.25 4.00

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 05-45 B 05-45 C N/A E N/A SEE PAGE F5–4

COUPLING CONSISTS OF: 2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- AJ20A x 1-1/2” 1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- AX20SAA THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

A

B

2.65 3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95 5.63 6.63 7.64

3.34 3.40 3.80 4.22 5.36 6.30 7.17 8.30

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES* DBSE F Dmin Dmax 0.38 1.34 1.00 0.44 1.40 1.00 0.63 1.54 1.13 0.63 1.58 1.32 0.75 2.12 1.62 1.00 2.54 1.88 1.13 2.67 2.25 1.13 3.30 2.50

SPACER ASSEMBLY PART # AXxxSAA AXxxSAB N/A N/A xx = SIZE

G

H

J

0.48 0.48 0.44 0.48 0.69 0.77 0.77 1.08

1.30 1.30 2.00 2.40 2.80 3.30 4.15 4.65

1.68 1.79 1.85 1.66 2.39 3.18 2.81 4.03

DISC I.D.** 1.00 1.17 1.28 1.65 1.78 2.01 2.71 3.00

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ** SHAFT O.D. MUST BE LESS THAN DISC I.D. IN ORDER TO EXTEND SHAFTS INTO COUPLING TO MEET Dmin DIMENSION.

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 0.48 1.27 2.50 3.49 6.03 11.00 18.00 29.00

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 300 800 1,575 2,200 3,800 6,930 11,340 18,270

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 450 1,200 2,363 3,300 5,700 10,395 17,010 27,405

AGMA 7 MAX RPM 8,500 7,500 6,700 6,200 5,500 5,000 4,400 4,000

WEIGHT (lbs.)

WR2 (lb. in.2)

1.63 2.48 3.84 5.10 9.13 13.8 21.1 32.0

1.26 2.90 5.80 9.16 26.1 51.7 108 222

TQ/RAD X10 6 (lb. in./rad) 0.04 0.06 0.21 0.25 0.56 0.79 1.48 1.68

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.030 0.040 0.042 0.055 0.060 0.065 0.085 0.100

NOTES 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F5–15


CLOSE COUPLE – AA SERIES 4 BOLT CLOSE COUPLED COUPLING (GENERAL USE – SHORTER BOLT REMOVAL) The AA series close coupling is made up of two hubs, a cast iron block type spacer and two sets of standard hardware. Stainless steel flex discs are standard. The AA accommodates close shaft separations when it is installed with the shafts extending through the flex discs into the center of the coupling. The shaft diameter must be less than the flex disc I.D. listed in the dimensional table. This coupling is recommended when the bolt removal length (J) makes the AX coupling impractical. Special machined steel block spacers are also available in several sizes.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC

HUB OPTIONS HUB TYPE AJ - STANDARD AZ - OVERSIZE QD BUSHING MOUNT AC/AD CLAMP AL LOCK ELEMENT SEE PAGE F5–8

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

SIZE 05-45 05-45 15-40 05-25 05-25

MAX BORE AJ AZ 0.87 1.13 1.25 1.63 1.37 1.88 1.62 2.13 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.88 2.88 3.75 3.25 4.00

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 05-45 B 05-45 C 15-45 E N/A SEE PAGE F5–4

COUPLING CONSISTS OF: 2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- AJ35A x 2” 1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- AA35SAA THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

A

B

2.65 3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95 5.63 6.63 7.64

3.23 3.73 3.82 4.38 5.26 6.24 6.91 7.70

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES* DBSE F Dmin Dmax 0.25 1.23 1.00 0.25 1.73 1.00 0.31 1.56 1.13 0.41 1.74 1.32 0.41 2.02 1.62 0.56 2.48 1.88 0.66 2.41 2.25 0.75 2.70 2.50

G

H

J

0.24 0.27 0.32 0.34 0.45 0.47 0.55 0.60

1.30 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 3.30 4.15 4.65

0.54 0.56 0.88 0.79 1.00 1.14 0.97 1.30

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ** SHAFT I.D. MUST BE LESS THAN DISC I.D. IN ORDER TO EXTEND SHAFTS INTO COUPLING TO MEET Dmin DIMENSION.

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 0.48 1.27 2.50 3.49 6.03 11.00 18.00 29.00

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 300 800 1,575 2,200 3,800 6,930 11,340 18,270

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 450 1,200 2,363 3,300 5,700 10,395 17,010 27,405

MAX RPM

WEIGHT (lbs.)

WR2 (lb. in.2)

3,600 3,500 3,450 3,350 3,200 3,000 2,800 2,650

1.76 2.77 4.24 5.48 9.81 15.0 22.4 34.3

1.40 3.35 6.66 10.2 29.4 59 121 250

TQ/RAD X106 (lb. in./rad) 0.06 0.10 0.26 0.25 0.62 0.94 1.44 2.43

NOTES: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) MAX RPM SHOWN BASED ON CAST IRON SPACER MATERIAL.

F5–16

SPACER ASSEMBLY PART # AAxxSAA AAxxSAB AAxxSAC N/A xx = SIZE

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.030 0.040 0.042 0.055 0.060 0.065 0.085 0.100

DISC I.D.** 1.00 1.17 1.28 1.65 1.78 2.01 2.71 3.00


CLOSE COUPLE – AY SERIES 4 BOLT CLOSE COUPLED COUPLING (POSITIONING APPLICATIONS) The AY series is specifically designed for positioning applications where a servo or stepper drive is C flange mounted and connects to a ball screw. The AY accommodates the small amounts of angular and parallel misalignment with an absolute minimum size package, zero backlash and high torsional stiffness. The AY is made up of two hubs, a steel spacer block, two stainless flex discs and AY hardware. The coupling must be installed as an assembled unit. The spacer is not service removable.

AL HUB SHOWN

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC HUB OPTIONS HUB TYPE AJ - STANDARD AZ - OVERSIZE QD BUSHING MOUNT AC/AD CLAMP AL LOCK ELEMENT SEE PAGE F5–8

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25

SIZE 05-25 05-25 15-25 05-25 05-25

MAX BORE AJ AZ 0.87 1.13 1.25 1.63 1.37 1.88 1.62 2.13 2.00 2.38

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 05-25 B 05-25 C N/A E N/A SEE PAGE F5–4

COUPLING CONSISTS OF: 2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- AJ20A x 1-1/2” 1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- AY20SAA THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

A

B

2.65 3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95

2.85 2.91 3.33 3.76 4.77

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES* DBSE Dmin Dmax 0.49 0.85 0.50 0.91 0.56 1.07 0.56 1.12 0.87 1.53

F

G

H

1.00 1.00 1.13 1.32 1.62

0.24 0.27 0.32 0.34 0.45

1.30 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80

SPACER ASSEMBLY PART # AYxxSAA AYxxSAB N/A N/A xx = SIZE

DISC I.D.** 1.00 1.17 1.28 1.65 1.78

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ** SHAFT I.D. MUST BE LESS THAN DISC I.D. IN ORDER TO EXTEND SHAFTS INTO COUPLING TO MEET Dmin DIMENSION.

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 0.48 1.27 2.50 3.49 6.03

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 300 800 1,575 2,200 3,800

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 600 1,600 3,150 4,400 7,600

AGMA 7 MAX RPM 8,500 7,500 6,700 6,200 5,500

WEIGHT (lbs.) 1.64 2.68 4.23 5.49 9.78

WR2 (lb. in.2) (lb. in./rad) 1.24 3.08 6.41 9.92 27.6

TQ/RAD X106 0.13 0.35 0.64 0.83 1.56

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.030 0.040 0.042 0.055 0.060

NOTE: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F5–17


CLOSE COUPLE – BY SERIES 6 BOLT CLOSE COUPLED COUPLING The BY series close coupling is a low cost replacement for gear or elastomeric couplings. It is ideal for use in low to moderate speed applications with motor or turbine drivers. The BY is an economical alternative to Axial Split spacer designs. The BY accommodates close shaft spacings by allowing the connected shafts to extend through the flex discs and spacer without restriction. The spacer is not service removable if the shaft gap is less than the D1 dimension shown. For shorter shaft spacings, the flex discs may still be replaced by removing the coupling bolts and shuttling the spacer from side to side. Inverted (BY) and Extended (BH) hubs are available to allow varying shaft diameters and spacing.

COUPLING CONSISTS OF: 2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- BY43A x 2-1/2” 1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- BY43SAA THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

SIZE 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68

MAX BORE BY inv BH ext 2.00 2.25 2.63 3.00 2.88 3.25 3.25 3.75 3.63 3.88 4.00 4.25 4.50 4.88 4.75 5.00

SIZE 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68

F5–18

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 4.84 10.08 19.84 26.98 38.10 53.97 76.19 114.29

A 4.69 5.87 6.70 7.50 7.87 9.00 10.00 10.75

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 3,050 6,350 12,500 17,000 24,000 34,000 48,000 72,000

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

B1

B2

B3

4.13 4.45 5.41 5.64 6.77 7.60 8.40 9.20

4.530 5.260 6.265 6.630 7.600 8.700 9.230 10.450

4.93 6.07 7.12 7.62 8.43 9.80 10.06 11.70

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 4,575 9,525 18,750 25,500 36,000 51,000 72,000 108,000

AGMA 8 MAX RPM 8,400 7,500 6,800 6,500 6,000 5,500 5,200 4,800

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES DBSE C D1 D2 1.350 0.43 0.930 1.440 0.57 1.070 1.645 0.81 1.465 1.760 0.76 1.440 2.050 1.01 1.840 2.150 1.20 2.250 2.550 1.20 2.250 2.500 1.60 2.900

WEIGHT (lbs.)

WR2 (lb. in.2)

8.06 13.9 23.2 31.1 40.3 65.4 82.8 106

22.3 65.1 144 241 345 734 1150 1760

D3 1.43 1.57 2.12 2.12 2.67 3.30 3.30 4.20

Fi

Fe

H

Ji

1.85 1.94 2.30 2.44 2.88 3.20 3.60 3.80

1.75 2.25 2.50 2.75 2.88 3.25 3.38 3.75

3.14 4.13 4.63 5.40 5.65 6.22 7.14 7.33

1.46 1.61 2.51 2.34 2.93 4.40 4.00 5.28

TQ/RAD FREE END X106 FLOAT (lb. in./rad) +/- inch 0.94 0.060 2.98 0.084 4.99 0.090 5.42 0.108 9.10 0.108 15.4 0.118 25.8 0.140 37.4 0.144

Je 1.06 0.80 1.60 1.35 2.10 3.30 3.17 4.03

MATERIAL SPACER CLASSES ASSEMBLY CLASS SIZE PART # A 33-68 BYxxSAA B 33-68 BYxxSAB C N/A N/A E N/A N/A SEE PAGE F5–4 xx = SIZE


CLOSE COUPLE – BA SERIES-6 BOLT DESIGN & DA SERIES-8 BOLT DESIGN AXIAL SPLIT SPACER COUPLINGS Axial split spacer couplings are an ideal replacement for lubricated gear or grid couplings. Close shaft separations are met without requirements for extending shafts through hubs. The split spacer removes radially to allow removal of connected equipment. Flex discs may be replaced without disturbing the connected equipment. The axial split series features all steel construction. Stainless steel flex discs are standard for the BA series. Both stainless and high strength alloy steel flex disc options are available with the DA series.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.7 DEG/DISC

SIZE BA33 BA38 BA43 DA31 DA35 DA37 DA42 DA45 DA50 DA55 DA60 DA70

SIZE BA33 BA38 BA43 DA31 DA35 DA37 DA42 DA45 DA50 DA55 DA60 DA70

MAX BORE 1.75 2.50 2.63 3.38 3.75 4.19 4.50 4.75 5.00 5.50 6.00 7.00

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES D A B DBSE 4.69 5.87 6.70 7.81 8.69 9.69 10.50 11.31 12.88 14.44 16.00 18.25

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 6.29 13.10 25.79 38.10 54.13 81.11 114.76 130.48 196.83 300.00 390.48 549.21

3.88 4.38 5.00 5.87 6.81 7.37 8.19 9.31 9.75 11.00 12.38 14.38

0.12 0.12 0.12 0.19 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.31 0.31 0.38 0.38 0.38

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 3,965 8,255 16,250 24,000 34,100 51,100 72,300 82,200 124,000 189,000 246,000 346,000

F 1.88 2.13 2.44 2.84 3.28 3.56 3.97 4.50 4.72 5.31 6.00 7.00

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 7,930 16,510 32,500 48,000 68,200 102,200 144,600 164,400 248,000 378,000 492,000 692,000

G 0.33 0.40 0.48 0.44 0.54 0.69 0.69 0.75 0.96 1.04 1.10 1.40

H 2.71 3.55 3.91 5.22 5.71 6.18 6.70 7.20 7.93 8.95 9.89 11.08

ORDERING: BA and DA Series couplings are sold as components. Please specify hub bore sizes and specify flex disc materials for DA series couplings.

MAX RPM UNBALANCED

BALANCED

4,200 3,800 3,700 3,000 2,800 2,500 2,300 2,200 2,000 1,900 1,800 1,700

7,000 6,300 6,000 5,000 4,500 4,000 3,700 3,400 3,300 2,800 2,500 2,500

WEIGHT (lbs.)

WR2 (lb. in.2)

10.7 18.1 30.2 45.5 63.4 87 114 152 215 317 450 664

29.2 81.7 158 372 627 1,110 1,670 2,550 4,610 8,550 14,900 28,800

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.060 0.084 0.090 0.052 0.056 0.062 0.067 0.072 0.082 0.092 0.102 0.115

NOTE: 1) WEIGHTS AND WR2 VALUES SHOWN ARE AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.

F5–19


SPACER – 4 BOLT AK SERIES-STOCK LENGTH COUPLING AP SERIES-CUSTOM LENGTH COUPLING The AK and AP series couplings are standard design spacer couplings. They are made up of two hubs, a one-piece machined spool spacer and two sets of flex discs with standard hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The AK is the stocked minimum length spacer. The AP is made-to-order to any custom spacer length. AP series pricing is standard for any spacer length up to 9 inches. RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC

For type AP, specify the D (DBSE) dimension in 1/100th inches. Example: AP10A350 specifies AP10 class A 3.50” DBSE.

HUB OPTIONS HUB TYPE AJ - STANDARD AZ - OVERSIZE QD BUSHING MT. AC/AD CLAMP AL LOCK ELEMENT SEE PAGE F5–8

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

SIZE 05-45 05-45 15-40 05-25 05-25

MAX BORE AJ AZ 0.87 1.13 1.25 1.63 1.37 1.88 1.62 2.13 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.88 2.88 3.75 3.25 4.00

COUPLING CONSISTS OF: 2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- AJ25A x 1-3/4” 1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- AK25SAA THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

A 2.65 3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95 5.63 6.63 7.64

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES* Bmin Dmin F (AK) (AK) 3.72 1.72 1.00 4.06 2.06 1.00 4.67 2.41 1.13 5.02 2.38 1.32 6.16 2.92 1.62 7.57 3.81 1.88 8.81 4.31 2.25 9.88 4.88 2.50

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 05-45 B 05-45 C 15-45 E MTO 15-45 SEE PAGE F5–4

G

H

J

0.24 0.27 0.32 0.34 0.45 0.47 0.55 0.60

1.30 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 3.30 4.15 4.65

0.54 0.56 0.88 0.79 1.00 1.14 0.97 1.30

SPACER ASSEMBLY PART # AK AP AKxxSAA APxxAddd AKxxSAB APxxBddd AKxxSAC APxxCddd AKxxSAE APxxEddd xx = SIZE ddd=DBSE

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.030 0.040 0.042 0.055 0.060 0.065 0.085 0.100

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 0.48 1.27 2.50 3.49 6.03 11.00 18.00 29.00

RATED TORQUE LB*IN (lb. in.) 300 800 1,575 2,200 3,800 6,930 11,340 18,270

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 600 1,600 3,150 4,400 7,600 13,860 22,680 36,540

AGMA 7 MAX RPM 8,500 7,500 6,700 6,200 5,500 5,000 4,400 4,000

WEIGHT (lbs.) AT MIN ADD PER D in. OF D 2.32 0.14 3.62 0.22 5.44 0.26 6.96 0.32 12.7 0.41 19.0 0.46 27.6 0.63 42.1 0.76

WR2-(lb. in.2) AT MIN ADD PER D in. OF D 1.87 0.05 4.48 0.11 8.86 0.19 13.8 0.34 38.8 0.62 77.7 0.92 156 2.29 322 3.55

NOTES: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - Dmin TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F5–20

TORS. STIFFNESS 106 (lb. in./rad) K factor Y factor 0.15 2.00 0.43 4.64 0.74 7.51 1.08 13.8 1.74 25.1 2.89 37.4 5.34 93 8.21 144


SPACER – BP SERIES 6 BOLT SPACER COUPLING The BP series coupling is a standard design spacer coupling using the 6 bolt disc design. The coupling is made up of two hubs, a one-piece machined spool spacer and two sets of flex discs with standard hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The BP is made-to-order to any custom spacer length. BP series pricing is standard for any spacer length up to 9 inches.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.7 DEG/DISC HUB TYPES SIZES BH 33-78 SEE PAGE F5–9

COUPLING CONSISTS OF: 2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- BH33Ax2” 1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLEBP33A500 (5”DBSE) THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS

Specify the D (DBSE) dimension in 1/100th inches. Example: BP33A350 specifies BP33 class A 3.50” DBSE. Specify each hub bore size as required.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES SIZE

33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68

SIZE 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68

MAX BORE

A

Dmin

F

2.25 3.00 3.25 3.75 3.88 4.25 4.88 5.00

4.69 5.87 6.70 7.50 7.87 9.00 10.00 10.75

2.09 2.37 2.95 3.00 3.91 4.80 4.88 6.20

1.75 2.25 2.50 2.75 2.88 3.25 3.38 3.75

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 4.84 10.08 19.84 26.98 38.10 53.97 76.19 114.29

RATED TORQUE LB*IN (lb. in.) 3,050 6,350 12,500 17,000 24,000 34,000 48,000 72,000

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 6,100 12,700 25,000 34,000 48,000 68,000 96,000 144,000

G

H

0.285 0.335 0.465 0.495 0.520 0.555 0.600 0.849

3.14 4.13 4.63 5.40 5.65 6.22 7.14 7.33

AGMA 8 MAX RPM 8,400 7,500 6,800 6,500 6,000 5,500 5,200 4,800

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.060 0.084 0.090 0.108 0.108 0.118 0.140 0.144

WEIGHT (lbs.) AT MIN ADD PER D in. OF D 8.49 0.47 15.9 0.63 24.3 0.74 33.2 0.87 41.7 0.93 65.1 0.98 80.5 1.14 104 1.17

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 33-73 B 33-78 C 38-63 E N/A SEE PAGE F5–4

WR2-(lb. in.2) AT MIN ADD PER D in. OF D 23.3 0.91 71.8 2.24 143 3.59 248 5.79 354 6.93 707 8.14 1,100 13.0 1,560 14.7

SPACER ASSEMBLY PART # BPxxAddd BPxxBddd BPxxCddd N/A ddd = DBSE

TORS. STIFFNESS x106 (lb. in./rad) K factor Y factor 2.42 37.1 4.93 90.8 9.40 146. 13.2 235. 15.1 281. 23.7 330. 34.9 528. 44.0 597.

NOTES: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BH HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - Dmin TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F5–21


SPACER – DP SERIES 8 BOLT SPACER COUPLINGS The DP series coupling is a fully machined spacer coupling using the 8 bolt disc design used for high torque applications at higher speeds. The coupling is made up of two hubs, a one-piece machined spool spacer and two sets of flex discs and hardware. The DP is made-to-order to any customer spacer length. Both stainless and high strength alloy flex disc materials are available.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

MEETS API 610 9TH EDITION WITH OPTIONAL BALANCING

SIZE DP31 DP35 DP37 DP42 DP45 DP50 DP55 DP60 DP70

MAX BORE DA DH 3.38 3.63 3.75 4.00 4.00 4.50 4.50 4.75 4.75 5.13 5.00 5.38 5.50 6.00 6.00 6.50 7.00 7.50

SPECIFY BORES & DBSE THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS AN ASSEMBLY.

A 7.81 8.69 9.69 10.50 11.31 12.88 14.44 16.00 18.25

SIZE

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F

RATED TORQUE LB*IN (lb. in.)

DP31 DP35 DP37 DP42 DP45 DP50 DP55 DP60 DP70

50.75 76.12 107.84 146.69 157.00 260.08 396.47 586.77 840.51

32,000 48,000 68,000 92,500 99,000 164,000 250,000 370,000 530,000

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES Dmin F1 F2 DBSE DA DH 4.38 2.84 3.37 4.75 3.28 3.75 5.00 3.56 4.00 5.13 3.97 4.25 5.25 4.50 4.50 7.25 4.72 5.00 7.62 5.31 5.50 8.13 6.00 6.00 9.25 7.00 7.00

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 64,000 96,000 136,000 185,000 198,000 328,000 510,000 740,000 1,060,000

AGMA 8 MAX RPM 6,500 5,700 5,400 5,100 4,800 4,300 4,100 3,600 3,300

G 0.44 0.54 0.69 0.69 0.75 0.96 1.04 1.10 1.40

WEIGHT (lbs.) AT MIN ADD PER D in. OF D 37.2 54.5 69.3 91.4 118 175 260 367 559

0.60 0.97 1.05 1.54 1.66 2.28 3.03 4.01 5.46

H1 DA 5.22 5.71 6.18 6.70 7.20 7.93 8.95 9.89 11.06

WR2-(lb. in.2) AT MIN ADD PER D in. OF D 289 525 839 1,270 1,910 3,560 6,690 11,600 23,500

NOTES: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR DA HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - Dmin TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F5-22

H2 DH 5.50 5.88 6.50 7.00 7.44 8.38 9.44 10.25 11.75

4.30 8.16 10.7 18.2 23.4 38.3 63.2 101 172

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.052 0.056 0.062 0.067 0.072 0.082 0.092 0.102 0.115

TORS. STIFFNESS x106 (lb. in./rad) K factor Y factor 16.7 26.7 34.7 47.2 61.0 78.7 133 187 285

168 318 417 711 912 1,490 2,470 3,950 6,690


SPACER – BF SERIES 6 BOLT DROP OUT SPACER COUPLING The BF series is designed for moderate service in higher speed applications. The coupling consists of factory assembled spacer unit which mounts between two hubs. The spacer assembly drops out as one unit for easy maintenance. The BF has all steel construction with standard stainless steel flex discs. The coupling is manufactured to meet AGMA class 9 balance requirements. Dynamic balancing for higher speed operation is also available. Standard length spacers are stocked. Pricing is standard for any spacer length up to the Dmax value listed. Longer spacer lengths are also available.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

SPECIFY BORES & DBSE THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS UNLESS BALANCED.

SIZE

15(3) 20(3) 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68 73 78

STD EXT 1.50 1.88 2.25 3.00 3.50 3.75 4.13 4.63 5.13 5.63 6.50 7.50

MAX BORE INTERM. LARGE HUB HUB 1.88 2.38 2.13 2.75 3.25 4.00 4.50 5.00 -

A

Dmin

3.65 4.19 4.93 6.00 6.77 7.62 8.00 9.00 10.00 11.00 12.75 15.30

3.43 3.43 3.09 3.50 4.43 4.50 5.69 6.88 6.93 7.56 11.00 11.08

MEETS API 610 9TH EDITION DIMENSIONS IN INCHES DBSE Fs STD Dmax* STOCK INTERM. 9.00 3.5, 4.37 1.31 9.00 3.5, 4.37, 5 1.56 9.00 3.5, 5, 7 2.00 9.00 5, 7 2.63 9.00 5, 7 3.12 9.00 5, 7 3.25 9.00 7 3.63 9.00 7 4.12 9.00 7 4.50 12.00 5.00 15.00 5.13 15.00 6.38

Fe EXT

Fl LRG

G MAX

1.69 2.06 2.50 3.25 3.75 4.00 4.38 5.00 5.38 6.00 6.38 7.38

1.63 1.81 2.06 2.75 3.00 3.25 -

2.09 2.56 3.13 4.13 5.00 5.38 5.75 6.50 7.25 8.00 8.38 10.19

Hs STD EXT 2.33 2.81 3.38 4.43 5.25 5.63 6.13 6.88 7.63 8.38 9.38 10.75

Hm INTERM. 2.75 3.00 -

* Longer D dimensions are available. Consult factory for pricing.

SIZE (4)

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F

RATED TORQUE LB*IN (lb. in.)

15 20 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68 73 78

2.50 3.49 6.27 13.10 21.43 29.21 38.10 65.08 76.19 114.29 198.41 369.84

1,575 2,200 3,950 8,255 13,500 18,400 24,000 41,000 48,000 72,000 125,000 233,000

PEAK O/L AGMA 9 (3) WEIGHT (lbs.) TORQUE MAX. AT MIN. ADD PER (lb. in.) RPM D (in.) OF D 3,150 4,400 7,900 16,510 27,000 36,800 48,000 82,000 96,000 144,000 250,000 466,000

13,500 12,500 11,000 9,800 8,800 8,300 7,800 7,000 6,700 6,200 5,700 5,000

7.22 9.31 13.1 24.3 44.5 54.3 72 107 134 188 272 475

0.12 0.19 0.47 0.63 0.70 0.79 0.88 0.98 1.14 1.48 2.02 3.21

TORSIONAL STIFFNESS WR2-(lb. in.2) AT MIN. ADD PER x106 (lb. in./rad) D (in.) OF D K factor Y factor 11.9 19.9 39.3 114.0 276 422 633 1,200 1,870 3,020 5,890 14,700

0.05 0.15 0.91 2.23 3.05 4.61 5.92 8.14 13.0 16.2 27.0 63.8

0.52 0.92 3.32 6.91 9.66 12.8 14.9 23.4 33.5 44.7 75.1 142

2.09 3.72 37.0 90.7 124 187 240 330 528 569 1,100 2,590

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.045 0.055 0.060 0.076 0.090 0.108 0.108 0.118 0.140 0.144 0.156 0.170

NOTES: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR STANDARD HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - Dmin TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)] 3) CONSULT FACTORY FOR HIGHER SPEED OPERATION 4) SIZES 15-20 ARE A 4-BOLT DISC DESIGN, SIZES 33-68 ARE A 6-BOLT DISC DESIGN AND SIZES 73-78 ARE AN 8-BOLT DESIGN.

F5-23


SPACER – HSH SERIES 8 BOLT SPACER COUPLINGS The HSH series is designed for high torque, low speed applications. Hubs are cast iron. Steel is optional. Spacers are cast grey or ductile iron. Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless steel flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing for higher speed operation is not recommended. Single plane balancing of hubs and spacers is available.

SIZE 22 26 31 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92 105 160

SIZE 22 26 31 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92 105 160

MAX BORE IRON STEEL 2.25 – 2.62 – 3.12 3.63 3.62 4.00 3.75 4.50 4.25 4.75 4.50 5.13 5.12 5.50 5.62 6.25 6.50 7.12 7.00 7.87 7.75 8.75 8.00 9.12 8.50 9.62 10.00 11.00 10.50 12.00 16.00 17.00

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0S.F 15.08 25.40 38.10 69.84 95.24 115.90 157.10 203.20 300.00 414.30 658.70 846.00 1,087.00 1,316.00 1,651.00 1,984.00 3,175.00

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES D A (2) B DBSE 6.00 6.87 8.12 9.12 10.06 11.00 11.87 13.43 15.00 16.75 18.93 20.62 22.37 23.75 25.75 29.25 33.50

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 9,500 16,000 24,000 44,000 60,000 73,000 99,000 128,000 189,000 261,000 415,000 533,000 685,000 829,000 1,040,000 1,250,000 2,000,000

8.00 9.50 10.87 12.06 13.12 13.93 14.75 16.81 18.68 20.93 23.62 25.00 26.87 28.62 31.00 34.25 40.25

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 14.250 24,000 36,000 66,000 90,000 109,500 148,500 192,000 283,500 391,500 622,500 799,500 1,027,500 1,243,500 1,560,000 1,875,000 3,000,000

3.00 3.50 4.12 4.56 5.12 5.43 5.75 6.81 7.68 8.43 9.62 10.50 11.37 12.12 13.00 13.25 16.25

MAX RPM 3,800 3,300 2,800 2,600 2,500 2,400 2,250 2,000 1,800 1,600 1,400 1,300 1,200 1,100 1,000 1,000 900

F

G

H

2.50 2.88 3.37 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.25 7.00 7.25 7.75 8.25 9.00 10.50 12.00

0.43 0.55 0.62 0.66 0.81 0.81 0.87 1.06 1.25 1.34 1.50 1.53 1.56 1.62 1.75 1.75 2.25

3.87 4.50 5.50 6.12 6.50 7.00 7.43 9.50 9.50 10.50 11.75 13.00 13.75 14.50 15.87 20.00 24.00

WEIGHT (lbs.) (1) 22 33 56 81 103 133 161 223 302 435 640 839 1,070 1,240 1,710 C/F C/F

WR2 (lb. in.2) (1) 80 161 401 750 1,130 1,740 2,510 4,580 7,480 13,800 25,900 38,600 59,800 79,400 131,000 C/F C/F

ORDERING: HSH Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub type, bore sizes, and flex disc materials. A coupling will be configured to meet your specifications.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.3 DEG/DISC

TQ/RAD X10 6 (1) (lb. in./rad) 1.5 2.3 2.9 6.5 9.9 6.9 14.8 44.3 54.2 80.1 144 148 205 204 384 C/F C/F

NOTE: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR CAST IRON HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) HUB FLANGE DIAMETER MAY VARY WITH STEEL HUBS

F5–24

HUB TYPES C.I. STL SEE PAGE

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.036 0.044 0.052 0.056 0.062 0.067 0.072 0.082 0.092 0.102 0.115 0.125 0.136 0.140 0.156 0.170 0.250

SIZES 22-160 31-160 F5–9


SPACER – FSH SERIES 8 BOLT FLYWHEEL MOUNT COUPLINGS The FSH series is designed for high torque, low speed applications. Hubs are cast iron. Steel is optional. Adapter plates and spacers are cast grey or ductile iron. Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing for higher speed operation is not recommended. Single plane balancing of flywheel adapters, hubs and spacers is available.

HUB TYPES C.I. STL. SEE PAGE

SIZE

OD

10 12 14 18 20 22 26 28

10.375 12.375 13.875 18.375 20.375 22.500 26.500 28.875

SIZE 31 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92 105

SIZE 31 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92 105

SIZES 31-105 31-105 F5–9

STANDARD ADAPTER SIZES SAE BOLTING HD BOLTING BC HOLE HOLE BC HOLE HOLE QTY SIZE QTY SIZE 9.625 6 13/32 9.500 8 15/32 11.625 8 13/32 11.500 8 17/32 13.125 8 13/32 12.500 8 21/32 17.250 8 17/32 16.750 8 25/32 19.250 8 17/32 18.500 8 29/32 21.375 6 21/32 20.500 8 1-1/32 25.250 12 21/32 24.500 12 1-1/32 27.250 12 25/32 26.875 12 1-1/32

MAX BORE IRON STEEL 3.12 3.63 3.62 4.00 3.75 4.50 4.25 4.75 4.50 5.13 5.12 5.50 5.62 6.25 6.50 7.12 7.00 7.87 7.75 8.75 8.00 9.12 8.50 9.62 10.00 11.00 10.50 12.00 HP PER 100 RPM 1.0S.F 38.10 69.84 95.24 115.9 157.1 203.2 300.0 414.3 658.7 846.0 1087 1316 1651 1984

ORDERING: FSH Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub type, bore sizes, and flex disc materials. A coupling will be configured to meet your specifications.

A(3) 8.12 9.12 10.06 11.00 11.87 13.43 15.00 16.75 18.93 20.62 22.37 23.75 25.75 29.25

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 24,000 44,000 60,000 73,000 99,000 128,000 189,000 261,000 415,000 533,000 685,000 829,000 1,040,000 1,250,000

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES D B F DBSE 8.68 5.31 3.37 9.62 5.87 3.75 10.62 6.62 4.00 11.37 7.12 4.25 12.00 7.50 4.50 13.75 8.75 5.00 15.38 9.87 5.50 17.12 10.87 6.25 19.43 12.43 7.00 20.75 13.50 7.25 22.50 14.75 7.75 23.93 15.68 8.25 26.25 17.25 9.00 27.77 17.27 10.50 PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 36,000 66,000 90,000 109,500 148,500 192,000 283,500 391,500 622,500 799,500 1,027,500 1,243,500 1,560,000 1,875,000

MAX RPM (2) 2,800 2,600 2,500 2,400 2,250 2,000 1,800 1,600 1,400 1,300 1,200 1,100 1,000 1,000

WEIGHT (lbs.) (1) 48 64 87 115 138 202 263 359 559 766 930 1,110 1,460 C/F

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.3 DEG/DISC

G

H

J

0.62 0.66 0.81 0.81 0.87 1.06 1.25 1.34 1.50 1.53 1.56 1.62 1.75 1.75

5.50 6.12 6.50 7.00 7.43 8.37 9.50 10.50 11.75 13.00 13.75 14.50 15.87 20.00

0.50 0.50 0.56 0.63 0.69 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.13 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.75

WR2 (lb. in.2) (1) 442 661 1,170 1,860 2,500 5,550 8,000 12,700 26,200 43,600 60,100 83,000 124,000 C/F

TQ/RAD X10 6 (1) (lb. in./rad) 2.95 6.69 10.3 7.03 15.4 48.8 58.6 86.5 161 160 225 222 433 C/F

AVAILABLE ADAPTER SIZES X = STOCK SIZE 0 = MTO 10 12 14 18 20 22 26 28 O O X X O O O O X X O X O O O O O X O X X X O X O X X X X O X X X X O X X X X O X X X X X X O O X O O X X X

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.052 0.056 0.062 0.067 0.072 0.082 0.092 0.102 0.115 0.125 0.136 0.140 0.156 0.170

1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR CAST IRON HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE AND MINIMUM AVAILABLE ADAPTER O.D. 2) MAX RPM LISTED IS FOR SMALLEST ADAPTER SIZE. CONSULT FACTORY FOR SPEED RATINGS BY ADAPTER SIZE. 3) HUB FLANGE DIAMETER MAY VARY WITH STEEL HUBS.

F5–25


FLOATING SHAFT – A5 SERIES 4 BOLT FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS The A5 series is used for spacer lengths that are longer than can be spanned economically with spacer couplings. The A5 series has a welded tubular spacer assembly along with two hubs and standard hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The A5 is Made to Order to any custom spacer length. A5 series standard pricing is listed for D dimensions up to 36” and for D dimensions from 36” to maximum D at 1800 RPM.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC

HUB OPTIONS HUB TYPE AJ - STANDARD AZ - OVERSIZE QD BUSHING MOUNT AC/AD CLAMP AL LOCK ELEMENT SEE PAGE F5–8

SIZE 05-45 05-45 15-40 05-25 05-25

ORDERING: A5 Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub types and bore sizes, DBSE (D) dimension, speed for dynamic balancing, and material class. A coupling will be configured to meet your specifications. ORDERING TYPE A6 FOR VERTICAL APPLICATIONS LONGER THAN 30” DBSE. A THRUST BUTTON WILL BE ADDED ON THE LOWER END OF THE SPACER TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE SPACER

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES* SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

MAX BORE AJ AZ 0.87 1.13 1.25 1.63 1.37 1.88 1.62 2.13 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.88 2.88 3.75 3.25 4.00

A

Dmin

F

G

H

2.65 3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95 5.63 6.63 7.64

4.00 4.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 7.00

1.00 1.00 1.13 1.32 1.62 1.88 2.25 2.50

0.24 0.27 0.32 0.34 0.45 0.47 0.55 0.60

1.30 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 3.30 4.15 4.65

1800 51 62 64 73 79 85 97 103

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 05-45 B 05-45 C 15-45 E 15-45 SEE PAGE F5–4

MAX DBSE (D INCHES) FOR RPM SHOWN 1500 1200 900 750 56 62 71 78 69 76 88 96 71 79 91 99 81 90 103 113 87 97 112 122 94 102 120 132 107 119 137 150 113 126 146 160

600 87 107 111 126 137 147 168 178

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

SIZE 05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 0.48 1.27 2.50 3.49 6.03 11.00 18.00 29.00

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 300 800 1,575 2,200 3,800 6,930 11,340 18,270

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 600 1,600 3,150 4,400 7,600 13,860 22,680 36,540

WEIGHT (lbs.) AT ADD PER D = 20” in. OF D 4.37 0.11 5.64 0.10 7.48 0.10 11.5 0.21 17.0 0.20 25.7 0.29 34.8 0.40 49.9 0.46

WR2-(lb. in.2) AT ADD PER D = 20” in. OF D 2.38 0.03 5.88 0.07 10.3 0.07 18.3 0.22 45.0 0.29 90.6 0.56 180 1.32 356 1.95

NOTES: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - 20” TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F5–26

TORS. STIFFNESS 106 (lb. in./rad) K factor Y factor 0.04 1.12 0.11 2.81 0.13 2.81 0.35 8.77 0.52 12.0 0.98 22.7 1.99 53.9 3.14 79.3

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.030 0.040 0.042 0.055 0.060 0.065 0.085 0.100


FLOATING SHAFT – A7 SERIES 4 BOLT SEMI-FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS The A7 coupling is a single flexing coupling designed for use in widely spaced three bearing systems. The shaft end of the coupling must be supported by a self-aligning bearing. A full floating coupling may be used in combination with the semi-floating coupling to span longer distances, or a V-Belt drive or other component may be mounted to the shaft end. This A7 is made-to-order to any custom spacer length. A7 series standard pricing is listed at D dimensions up to 36 inches and D dimensions between 36 inches and max L at 1800 RPM motor speed.

RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC

HUB OPTIONS HUB TYPE AJ - STANDARD AZ - OVERSIZE QD BUSHING MOUNT AC/AD CLAMP AL LOCK ELEMENT SEE PAGE F5–8

SIZE 05-45 05-45 15-40 05-25 05-25

ORDERING: A7 Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub types and bore sizes, DBSE (D) dimension, speed for dynamic balancing, and material class. A coupling will be configured to meet your specifications.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES* SIZE 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

MAX BORE AJ AZ 1.25 1.63 1.37 1.88 1.62 2.13 2.00 2.38 2.38 2.88 2.88 3.75 3.25 4.00

A

Dmin

F

G

H

K

L

M

3.19 3.65 4.08 4.95 5.63 6.63 7.64

20 20 20 20 20 20 20

1.00 1.13 1.32 1.62 1.88 2.25 2.50

0.27 0.32 0.34 0.45 0.47 0.55 0.60

1.80 2.00 2.40 2.80 3.30 4.15 4.65

1.25 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.50 3.00

16.50 16.06 15.75 15.25 14.50 13.25 12.75

3.50 3.94 4.25 4.75 5.50 6.75 7.25

KEYWAY SIZE .25 x .12 .25 x .12 .37 x .18 .37 x .18 .50 x .25 .62 x .31 .75 x .37

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 10-45 B 05-45 C 15-45 E 15-45 SEE PAGE F5–4

MAX DBSE (D INCHES) FOR RPM SHOWN 1800 1500 1200 900 62 69 76 88 64 71 79 91 73 81 90 103 79 87 97 112 85 94 102 120 97 107 119 137 103 113 126 146

600 107 111 126 137 147 168 178

* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

SIZE 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 1.27 2.50 3.49 6.03 11.00 18.00 29.00

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 800 1,575 2,200 3,800 6,930 11,340 18,270

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 1,600 3,150 4,400 7,600 13,860 22,680 36,540

MAX RADIAL LOAD-(lbs.) 34 56 125 183 275 400 600

WEIGHT (lbs.) AT ADD/ (in.) D = 20” OF D 5.37 0.10 0.10 6.65 11.0 0.21 14.7 0.20 19.7 0.29 34.7 0.40 51.6 0.46

WR2-(lb. in.2) AT MIN ADD/ (in.) D = 20” OF D 3.30 0.07 5.72 0.07 11.0 0.22 24.9 0.29 52.4 0.56 106 1.32 211 1.95

TORS. STIFFNESS 106 (lb. in./rad) K factor Y factor 0.26 2.81 0.28 2.81 0.56 8.77 0.91 12.0 1.52 22.7 3.03 53.9 5.26 79.3

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.020 0.021 0.027 0.030 0.032 0.042 0.050

NOTES: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - 20” TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F5–27


FLOATING SHAFT – B5 SERIES 6 BOLT FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS The B5 series is used for spacer lengths that are longer than can be spanned economically with standard spacer couplings. The B5 has a welded tubular spacer assembly along with two hubs and standard hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The B5 is made-to-order to any custom spacer length. B5 series standard pricing is listed at D dimensions up to 36 inches and D dimensions between 36 inches and max D at 1800 RPM motor speed. Consult factory for vertical modifications and semi-floating designs.

HUB TYPES SIZES BH 33-78 SEE PAGE F5–9 RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.7 DEG/DISC

MATERIAL CLASSES CLASS SIZE A 33-78 B 33-78 C 38-63 E N/A SEE PAGE F5–4

ORDERING: B5 Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub types and bore sizes, DBSE (D) dimension, speed for dynamic balancing, and material class. A coupling will be configured to meet your specifications.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES* SIZE 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68

SIZE 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68

MAX BORE 2.25 3.00 3.25 3.75 3.88 4.25 4.88 5.00

A

Dmin

F

4.69 5.87 6.70 7.50 7.87 9.00 10.00 10.75

4.25 6.00 7.00 7.50 7.50 7.50 7.50 8.00

1.75 2.25 2.50 2.75 2.88 3.25 3.38 3.75

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 4.84 10.08 19.84 26.98 38.10 53.97 76.19 114.29

RATED TORQUE LB*IN (in. lbs.) 3,050 6,350 12,500 17,000 24,000 34,000 48,000 72,000

PEAK O/L TORQUE (in. lbs.) 6,100 12,700 25,000 34,000 48,000 68,000 96,000 144,000

G 0.285 0.335 0.465 0.495 0.520 0.555 0.600 0.849

H 3.14 4.13 4.63 5.40 5.65 6.22 7.14 7.33

WEIGHT (lbs.) AT ADD PER D = 20” in. OF D 14.4 0.20 29.1 0.39 41.0 0.44 60.0 0.52 67.4 0.52 85.5 0.63 108 0.63 140 1.15

1800 79 97 103 113 113 123 123 130

MAX DBSE (D INCHES) FOR RPM SHOWN 1500 1200 900 87 97 112 107 119 137 113 126 146 125 139 160 125 139 160 136 151 170 136 151 170 142 159 183

WR2-(lb. in.2) AT ADD PER D = 20” in. OF D 32.7 0.29 113 1.28 210 1.88 402 3.10 494 3.10 874 5.43 1340 5.43 1940 13.37

NOTES: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BH HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - 20” TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F5–28

750 122 150 160 175 175 186 186 201

TORS. STIFFNESS x106 (in. lbs./rad) K factor Y factor 0.48 12.0 1.77 51.9 2.89 76.4 4.57 126 5.52 126 8.44 220 9.52 220 19.9 543

600 137 168 178 196 196 208 208 225

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.060 0.084 0.090 0.108 0.108 0.118 0.140 0.144


FLOATING SHAFT – HFTH SERIES 8 BOLT FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS The HFTH series is designed for heavy duty applications that cannot use the A5 or B5 series. These include high torque and engine driven applications. The HFTH uses a welded tubular spacer assembly. Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless steel flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing of the spacer assembly is included. The HFTH is made-to-order to any custom spacer length. Large tube designs are also available. Consult factory for vertical modifications, and semi-floating designs or flywheel mounting.

ORDERING: HFTH Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub speed for dynamic balancing. A coupling will be configured to meet your specification.

HUB TYPES SIZES STL. 35-160 SEE PAGE F5–9 RATED MISALIGNMENT: 0.5 DEG/DISC

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES* SIZE 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92 105 160

SIZE 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92 105 160

MAX BORE STEEL 4.00 4.50 4.75 5.13 5.50 6.25 7.12 7.87 8.75 9.12 9.62 11.00 12.00 17.00

HP PER 100 RPM 1.0 S.F 76.12 107.8 146.7 157.0 260.1 396.5 586.8 840.5 1142 1507 1903 2062 2855 3806

A

Dmin

F

9.12 10.06 11.00 11.87 13.43 15.00 16.75 18.93 20.62 22.37 25.75 25.75 29.25 33.50

10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0

3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50 5.00 5.50 6.25 7.00 7.25 7.75 8.25 9.00 10.50 12.00

RATED TORQUE (lb. in.) 48,000 68,000 92,500 99,000 164,000 250,000 370,000 530,000 720,000 950,000 1,200,000 1,300,000 1,800,000 2,400,000

PEAK O/L TORQUE (lb. in.) 96,000 136,000 185,000 198,000 328,000 500,000 740,000 1,060,000 1,440,000 1,900,000 2,400,000 2,600,000 3,600,000 4,800,000

G 0.66 0.81 0.81 0.87 1.06 1.25 1.34 1.50 1.55 1.56 1.62 1.75 1.75 2.25

H 6.12 6.50 7.00 7.43 8.37 9.50 10.50 11.75 13.00 13.75 14.50 15.87 20.00 24.00

WEIGHT (lbs.) (1) AT ADD PER D = 20” in. OF D 111 0.81 120 0.97 186 1.14 201 1.14 311 1.31 374 1.95 556 3.21 769 3.21 948 4.13 1260 4.13

1800 114 121 128 130 139 145 153 161 172 182

MAX DBSE (D INCHES) FOR RPM SHOWN 1500 1200 900 750 124 139 161 176 132 148 172 187 140 157 182 198 143 160 185 201 153 171 197 215 159 178 206 224 168 188 217 237 176 197 228 250 189 211 244 267 199 222 257 282

600 197 210 222 226 242 252 266 279 299 315

CONSULT TB WOOD’S

WR2-(lb. in.2) (1) AT ADD PER D = 20” in. OF D 1,040 5 1,406 8.2 2,520 13 3,370 13 6,430 20 10,100 37 18,600 75 33,000 75 49,000 158 78,900 158

TORS. STIFFNESS (1) x106 (lb. in./rad) (2) K factor Y factor 9 190 15 333 21 537 23 537 38 810 67 1,510 110 3,020 134 3,020 252 6,430 265 6,430

CONSULT TB WOOD’S

FREE END FLOAT +/- inch 0.056 .062 0.067 0.072 0.082 0.092 0.102 0.115 0.125 0.136 0.140 0.166 0.170 0.250

NOTES: 1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BH HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE. 2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - 20” TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]

F5–29


TRUE TUBE ™ COMPOSITE TORQUE TUBES

True-Tube composite tubes are high-strength, lightweight torque tubes for long span drive shafts. These tubes are filament wound carbon or glass fiber construction in an oven cured epoxy matrix. True-Tube composites offer the following advantages over steel tubing.

LONGER SPANS TrueTube composite tubes have a higher stiffness to weight ratio than steel tubing. That increases the critical speed of the tubing and allows longer spans without center bearings.

LIGHT WEIGHT TrueTube drive shafts weigh up to 80% less than equivalent steel driveshafts. That means better balance and reduced vibration. Bearing life may be improved by minimizing overhung weight.

DESIGN FLEXIBILITY TrueTube composite tubes may be custom designed to meet your requirements for torsional stiffness, critical speed or torque capacity. With TrueTube, a designer can tune torsional or lateral critical speeds out of a machine system. All TrueTube products include an ultraviolet barrier that is wound into the structure of the tube before it is cured. This UV barrier eliminates the need for paints or other protective coatings and results in a smooth, durable finish that other composite tubes don’t offer. TrueTube products are cured in an enclosed oven to assure consistent strength and quality. Design data is shown below for standard series tubes. Standard series tubes are designed for maximum length at moderate torques. High torque designs are also available. MODEL NUMBER

TUBE I.D. INCHES

TUBE O.D. INCHES

SLEEVE O.D. INCHES

SL2.0 SL3.0 SL4.0 SL6.0 SL8.0 SL10.0 SL12.0

2.00 3.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00

2.30 3.25 4.23 6.25 8.25 10.25 12.25

2.40 3.50 4.50 6.63 8.63 10.75 12.75

SS2.0 SS3.0 SS4.0 SS6.0 SS8.0 SS10.0 SS12.0

2.00 3.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00

2.30 3.25 4.23 6.25 8.25 10.25 12.25

2.40 3.50 4.50 6.63 8.63 10.75 12.75

LS2.0 LS3.0 LS4.0 LS6.0 LS8.0 LS10.0 LS12.0

2.00 3.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00

2.30 3.25 4.23 6.25 8.25 10.25 12.25

2.40 3.50 4.50 6.63 8.63 10.75 12.75

RATED TUBE TORSIONAL TORQUE WEIGHT STIFFNESS LB*IN (lb./in.) x106 LB*IN/RAD SERIES SL – ALL CARBON CONSTRUCTION 6,500 0.05 1.26 12,000 0.08 3.61 22,000 0.11 8.60 42,000 0.20 34.4 63,000 0.24 80.2 80,000 0.32 155 100,000 0.38 258 SERIES SS – CARBON/GLASS CONSTRUCTION 5,500 0.06 0.97 10,500 0.08 2.86 22,000 0.12 7.28 42,000 0.20 26.4 58,000 0.28 57.3 73,000 0.34 115 88,000 0.42 206 SERIES LS – ALL GLASS CONSTRUCTION 5,000 0.07 0.75 10,000 0.09 2.06 18,000 0.14 5.04 39,000 0.23 18.9 51,000 0.30 43.0 64,000 0.37 86.0 77,000 0.46 149

NOTES: 1) TORQUE RATINGS ARE AT 100% HUMIDITY AND 200 DEG. F. 2) MAX RPM VALUES SHOWN ARE CALCULATED AT 75% OF FIRST CRITICAL SPEED. 3) TORSIONAL STIFFNESS SHOWN IS PER INCH OF TUBE LENGTH. ACTUAL STIFFNESS = TORSIONAL STIFFNESS/TUBE LENGTH (IN.)

F5–30

2000 RPM

MAX DBSE – INCHES 1800 1500 1000 RPM RPM RPM

MAX TUBE LENGTH INCHES

90 110 127 152 180 199 215

95 116 134 160 190 210 227

104 127 147 175 208 230 249

127 155 180 214 255 281 304

82 128 145 177 192 232 232

79 97 112 135 151 173 189

83 102 118 142 160 183 199

91 112 129 155 176 200 218

111 137 158 190 216 245 267

82 128 145 177 192 232 232

66 80 93 110 128 142 155

70 84 98 116 135 150 163

77 92 107 127 148 164 178

94 113 131 155 181 201 218

82 128 145 177 192 232 232


FORM-FLEX® COMPOSITE FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS Form-Flex flexible couplings may be mated to TrueTube composite tubes for use as long floating shaft couplings. All types and most sizes of Form-Flex couplings can be mated to TrueTube composites. Common combinations are shown below.

RATED COUPLING TORQUE TYPE LB IN

MAXIMUM DBSE-INCHES HP PER 100 RPM

COUPLING PRODUCT NO.

MAX

A520-CS2G A520-CS2R A525-CS2G A525-CS2R A530-CS3R A530-CS3B A535-CS4R A535-CS4B A535-CS6R A535-CS6B A535-CS8R A535-CS8B A540-CS4R A540-CS4B B558-CS6R B558-CS6B B558-CS6X B558-CS8R B558-CS8B B558-CS10R** B558-CS10B**

83 83 83 83 128 128 146 146 179 179 196 196 146 146 179 179 182 196 196 236 236

A520

2,200

3.49

A525

3,800

6.03

A530

6,930

11.00

A535

11,340

18.00

A540

18,270

29.00

B558

34,000

54.00

1800 RPM

1500 RPM

70 83 70 83 102 116 118 134 142 160 175 190 118 134 142 160 165 175 190 206 210

77 83* 77 83* 112 127 129 146* 155 175 191 207* 129 146* 155 175 181 191 207 224 230

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES MAXIMUM BORE A

F

G

H

J

2.125

4.08

1.32

0.34

2.40

2.000

2.375

4.95

1.62

0.45

2.80

2.375

2.875

5.63

1.88

0.47

3.30

2.875

3.750

6.63

2.25

0.55

4.15

3.250

4.000

7.63

2.50

0.60

4.65

3.75

9.00

2.75

0.56

5.43

2.30 2.30 2.30 2.30 3.25 3.25 4.25 4.25 6.30 6.30 8.31 8.31 4.25 4.25 6.30 6.30 6.30 8.31 8.31 10.31 10.31

STD HUB

AZ HUB

1.625

COMPOSITE TUBE CONSTRUCTION

QUICK SELECTION GUIDE FOR COOLING TOWER APPLICATIONS 1800 RPM DBSE MAX HP 70” 30 50 50 83” 30 50 50 102” 100 116” 100 118” 150 250 134” 150 250 142” 150 400 160” 150 400 165” 400 175” 150 400 190” 150 400 206” 400 210” 400 227” 400

COUPLING MODEL A520-CS2G HD4-CS2G*** A525-CS2G A525-CS2R HD4-CS2R*** A525-CS2R A530-CS3R A530-CS3B A535-CS4R A540-CS4R A535-CS4B A540-CS4B A535-CS6R B558-CS6R A535-CS6B B558-CS6B B558-CS6X A535-CS8R B558-CS8R A535-CS8B B558-CS8B B558-CS10R B558-CS10B B558-CS12B

1500 RPM MAX HP DBSE 25 77” 42 42 25 83”* 42 42 83 112” 83 127” 125 129” 208 125 146”* 208 125 155” 333 125 175” 333 333 181” 125 191” 333 125 207” 333 333 224” 333 230” 333 236”*

ALL SELECTIONS USE A 2.0 SERVICE FACTOR

MODEL CODE

TUBE MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION

G R B X,Z

GLASS CARBON/GLASS HYBRID STANDARD CARBON HIGH MODULUS CARBON

THE MODEL CODE IS THE LAST LETTER IN THE COUPLING MODEL NUMBER. THE NUMBER xx IN THE TUBE MODEL NUMBER CSxxB DENOTES THE NOMINAL TUBE ID. MATERIAL CLASS A B C E

HUB STEEL STEEL ZINC PLT 304SS

MATERIAL USED HARDWARE SPACER FLANGES STEEL COMPOSITE OR STEEL STEEL, ZINC PLT COMPOSITE OR 304SS ZINC PLATED STEEL 304SS COMPOSITE OR 304SS

METAL SPACER FLANGES USED IF COMPOSITE IS NOT AVAILABLE. NOTES * LENGTH IS RESTRICTED BY AVAILABLE MANDRELS FOR WINDING COMPOSITE TUBES. CONSULT FACTORY FOR LONGER LENGTHS. ** TUBE DIAMETER IS LARGER THAN COUPLING “A” DIAMETER. CONSULT FACTORY FOR COUPLING DRAWING. *** HD4-CS COUPLINGS ARE AN ALL COMPOSITE, HIGH MISALIGNMENT COUPLING. CONSULT PAGE F4-3 IN THE HD ELASTOMERIC SECTION OF THIS CATALOG FOR DETAILS.

F5–31


M SERIES – 4 BOLT MICRO COUPLINGS

Form-Flex M series microcouplings are a more compact and lighter design than traditional A Series couplings. They are free from backlash and their high torsional stiffness makes them ideally suited for small servo and tachometer drives. Aluminum hub construction meets low inertia requirements while the bolted assembly provides superior life when compared to riveted types.

STYLE MA This coupling style is available in size 04 only. It features a machined spool type spacer. Custom length spacers are also available.

STYLE MB

STYLE MC

This coupling style features a minimum length block spacer. Standard flanged hubs are supplied with the coupling. Style MB is a good, general use coupling.

This style features the MB style minimum length spacer and an oversize bore capacity. The style MC provides the shortest overall coupling length.

DIMENSIONS IN INCHES STYLE

RATED TORQUE STD SET SCREW SIZE (in. lbs.)

PEAK O/L TORQUE (in. lbs.)

WR2 OZ. (in.2)

TORSIONAL STIFFNESS (in. lbs./rad)

87

174

6.11

64.7X10^3

1.5

0.60

M4X0.7 M4X0.7 M6X1.0

17 35 87

34 70 174

0.29 1.33 4.99

2.9X10^3 14.9X10^3 64.7X10^3

1.5 1.5 1.5

0.40 0.50 0.60

M3X0.5 M4X0.7 M4X0.7

9 17 35

18 34 70

0.17 0.35 1.34

2.4X10^3 2.9X10^3 14.9X10^3

1.5 1.5 1.5

0.25 0.40 0.50

A

B

D DBSE

F

H

SIZE

MAX BORE

04

0.79

2.24

2.93

1.36

0.79

1.22

M6X1.0

02 03 04

0.38 0.63 0.79

1.26 1.65 2.24

1.39 1.80 2.38

0.45 0.54 0.81

0.47 0.63 0.79

0.71 1.02 1.22

01 02 03

0.38 0.59 0.79

1.02 1.26 1.65

1.08 1.53 1.53

0.45 0.45 0.54

0.32 0.32 0.50

– – –

RATED FREE END MISALIGNMENT FLOAT deg/disc (in.)

MA MB

MC

NOTE: STYLE MBO4 COUPLING HUBS WILL HAVE ROUND FLANGES AS SHOWN FOR TYPE MA.

F5-32


INDIVIDUAL PARTS & KITS

Repair kits consist of flex discs and all the necessary installation hardware. SINGLE REPAIR KITS have one set of flex discs and all required hardware. Two single repair kits are required for a double flexing coupling. DOUBLE REPAIR KITS have two sets of flex discs and all required hardware. HARDWARE KITS have all the components of a repair kit except the flex discs. FLEX DISCS are also sold individually. A SERIES (4 BOLT) COUPLING PARTS KIT TYPE SGL/DBL USED ON MAT’L CLASS

REPAIR

A,B

05 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

A05RKA A10RKA A15RKA A20RKA A25RKA A30RKA A35RKA A40RKA A45RKA

HARDWARE SINGLE AA, AK, AP, AR, A5, A7 C,E A,B ... ... A15RKE A20RKE A25RKE A30RKE A35RKE A40RKE A45RKE

REPAIR

HDWR DOUBLE AX

A05HKA A10HKA A10HKA A20HKA A25HKA A30HKA A35HKA A10HKA A45HKA

C,E

A,B

A,B

... ... A15HKE A20HKE A25HKE A30HKE A35HKE A15HKE A45HKE

AX05RKA AX10RKA AX15RKA AX20RKA AX25RKA AX30RKA AX35RKA AX40RKA AX45RKA

AX05HKA AX10HKA AX15HKA AX20HKA AX25HKA AX30HKA AX35HKA AX40HKA AX45HKA

REPAIR

HDWR

REPAIR HDWR DOUBLE AY A,B A,B AY05RKA AY10RKA AY15RKA AY20RKA AY25RKA ... ... ... ...

AY05HKA AY10HKA AY15HKA AY20HKA AY25HKA ... ... ... ...

B SERIES (6 BOLT) COUPLING PARTS

(EXCEPT BA)

KIT TYPE SGL/DBL USED ON MAT’L CLASS

HARDWARE

A,B

C

A,B

C

A,B

A,B

15 20 33 38 43 48 53 58 63 68 73 78

... ... B033RKA B038RKA B043RKA B048RKA B053RKA B058RKA B063RKA B068RKA ... ...

... ... ... B038RKE B043RKE B048RKE B053RKE B058RKE B063RKE ... ... ...

... ... B033HKA B038HKA B043HKA B048HKA B053HKA B058HKA B063HKA B068HKA ... ...

... ... ... B038HKE B043HKE B048HKE B053HKE B058HKE B063HKE ... ... ...

BF15RKA BF20RKA BF33RKA BF38RKA BF43RKA BF48RKA BF53RKA BF58RKA BF63RKA BF68RKA BF73RKA BF78RKA

BF15HKA BF20HKA BF33HKA BF38HKA BF43HKA BF48HKA BF53HKA BF58HKA BF63HKA BF68HKA ... ...

... ... BY33RKA BY38RKA BY43RKA BY48RKA BY53RKA BY58RKA BY63RKA BY68RKA ... ...

... ... BY33HKA BY38HKA BY43HKA BY48HKA BY53HKA BY58HKA BY63HKA BY68HKA ... ...

BOLT

WASHER

NUT

D22-6H D26-6H D31-6H D35-6H D37-6H D42-6H4* D45-6H4* D50-6H4* D55-6H4* D60-6H4* D70-6H D75-6H4* D80-6H4* D85-6H D92-6H

D22-7 D26-7 D31-7 D35-7 D37-7 D42-7 D45-7 D50-7 D55-7 D60-7 D70-7 D75-74* D80-7 D85-7 D92-7

D22-6N D26-6N D31-6N D35-6N D37-6N D42-6N D45-6N D50-6N D55-6N D60-6N D70-6N D75-6N4* D80-6N D85-6N D92-6N

REPAIR SINGLE BH, BP, B5

8 BOLT COUPLING PARTS

SINGLE BF

REPAIR HDWR DOUBLE BY A,B A,B

FLEX DISC ALL ALL A0054101 A0104101 A0154101 A0204101 A0254101 A0304101 A0354101 A0404101 A0454101

FLEX DISC ALL ALL A0154101 A0204101 B0334101 B0384101 B0434101 B0484101 B0534101 B0584101 B0634101 B0684101 ... ...

(EXCEPT DA AND DP) HH, HSH, FSH, HFTH

CPLG SIZE 22 26 31 35 37 42 45 50 55 60 70 75 80 85 92

DOUBLE REPAIR KIT STD DISC

SS DISC

D22-DF D26-DF D31-DF D35-DF D37-DF D42-DF4* D45-DF4* D50-DF4* D55-DF4* D60-DF4* D70-DF D75-DF4* D80-DF4* D85-DF D92-DF

D22-DF-SS D26-DF-SS D31-DF-SS D35-DF-SS D37-DF-SS D42-DF4-SS* D45-DF4-SS* D50-DF4-SS* D55-DF4-SS* D60-DF4-SS* D70-DF-SS D75-DF4-SS* D80-DF4-SS* D85-DF-SS D92-DF-SS

SINGLE HDWR KIT D22-BNW D26-BNW D31-BNW D35-BNW D37-BNW D42-BNW4* D45-BNW4* D50-BNW4* D55-BNW4* D60-BNW4* D70-BNW D75-BNW4* D80-BNW4* D85-BNW D92-BNW

FLEX DISC STD

SS

D22-5 D26-5 D31-5 D35-5 D37-5 D42-5 D45-5 D50-5 D55-5 D60-5 D70-5 D75-5 D80-5 D85-5 D92-5

D22-5-SS D26-5-SS D31-5-SS D35-5-SS D37-5-SS D42-5-SS D45-5-SS D50-5-SS D55-5-SS D60-5-SS D70-5-SS D75-5-SS D80-5-SS D85-5-SS D92-5-SS

*ITEMS MARKED * HAVE NEW STYLE BOLTS. BOLT HEAD HEX MAY NOT FIT FSH TYPE FLYWHEEL ADAPTERS MANUFACTURED IN 1994 OR EARLIER. TO RECEIVE OLD STYLE BOLTS, DELETE THE “4” FROM THESE PART NUMBERS.

F5-33


COOLING TOWER COUPLINGS

The traditional A5 design features all metal construction. It can be ordered to meet any custom spacer length. A wide variety of materials and finishes is available.

Designed specifically as a connection for cooling tower applications and other drives requiring long shaft spans. Form-Flex couplings with TrueTube composite tubing weigh less than half of its steel counterpart and can span shaft separations of up to 240 inches. They are easy to handle, install and maintain. TrueTube composites are extremely corrosion resistant and are custom designed to provide the optimum combination of torsional strength and lateral stiffness for cooling tower drive applications. TB Woodâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s proprietary composite flange design transmits torque reliably from the metal outboard hubs to the composite flange and into the TrueTube composite tube.

HD elastomeric couplings and TrueTube composites are combined into a high misalignment, all composite coupling. These couplings are easy to install and align. Their high misalignment capacity makes them ideal for smaller, wood framed and fiberglass towers.

F5â&#x20AC;&#x201C;34


SECTION F6

GEAR COUPLINGS • High Torque Capacity • Torsionally Stiff • Good Inherent Balance • Rated for Higher Speeds • Many Types and Configurations

F6–1


INDEX Selection Selection Process................................................... Service Factor Table ............................................... Standard Bore Tolerances ...................................... C Series Continuous Sleeve Gear Coupling .......................... F Series Full Flex .................................................................. Flex Rigid ............................................................... Floating Shaft ......................................................... Flange Details......................................................... Short Slide ............................................................. Mill Motor .............................................................. Limited End Float ................................................... Vertical Type........................................................... Stock Spacers, F, MXB, or K100 Series.................. Deck-Flex and Deck-Flex Mite .......................................

F6-2 F6-3 F6-4 F6-5 F6-6 F6-7 F6-7 F6-8 F6-9 F6-10 F6-11 F6-12 F6-13 F6-14

Ordering Standard gear coupling product is sold by component See examples on individual pages

GEAR COUPLING SELECTION Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque • If HP and RPM are Known, Calculate Design HP@100 RPM Design HP@100 RPM=(Prime mover HP x Service Factor x 100) divided by the Coupling RPM Refer to the HP@100 RPM rating for the coupling style desired. Select the coupling equal to or greater than the calculated design HP@100 RPM. Check the maximum bore capabilities to be sure the size coupling you have chosen is capable of your largest bore. • If Using Prime Mover Torque, Calculate Design Torque Design Torque = Prime Mover Torque x Service Factor Refer to torque rating in the coupling style desired. Select the coupling equal to or greater than the calculated design torque. Check the maximum bore capabilities to be sure the size coupling you have chosen is capable of your largest bore. The above selection can be used for all series of industrial gear couplings, however, the Deck-Flex and Deck-Flex Mite couplings have their own calculations.

F6–2


GEAR COUPLING SELECTION Service Factor Table AGITATORS Pure Liquids 1.00 Liquids and Solids 1.25 Liquids - Variable Density 1.25 BLOWERS Centrifugal 1.00 Lobe 1.50 Vane 1.25 BREWING AND DISTILLING Bottling Machinery 1.00 Lauter Tub 1.25 BRIQUETTER MACHINES 2.00 CAN FILLING MACHINES 1.00 CAN KNIVES 2.00 CAR DUMPERS 2.50 CAR PULLERS - Int. Duty 1.50 CLAY WORKING MACHINERY 1.75 COMPRESSORS Centrifugal 1.25 Lobe 1.50 Reciprocating - Mult. Cyn. 2.00 CONVEYORS - UNIFORM LOAD Apron 1.25 Assembly 1.00 Belt 1.00 Bucket 1.25 Chain 1.25 Flight 1.25 Oven 1.50 Screw 1.25 CONVEYORS - NON-UNIFORM LOAD Apron 1.50 Assembly 1.25 Belt 1.25 Bucket 1.50 Chain 1.50 Flight 1.50 Oven 1.50 Reciprocating 2.50 Screw 1.50 Shaker 2.50 CRANES AND HOISTS Main Cranes 2.00 Reversing 2.00 Skip Hoists 1.75 Trolly Drive 1.75 Bridge Drive 1.75 Slope 1.50 CRUSHERS Ore 2.75 Stone 2.75 DREDGES Cable Reels 1.75 Conveyors 1.50 Cutter Head Drives 2.25 Jig Drives 2.25 Maneuvering Winches 1.75 Pumps 1.75 Screen Drives 1.75 Stracers 1.75 Utility Wenches 1.50 ELEVATORS Bucket 1.75 Centrifugal Discharge 1.50 Escalators 1.25

Freight A26 Gravity Discharge FANS Centrifugal Cooling Towers Forced Draft Induced Draft w/o Damper Control FEEDERS Apron Belt Disc Reciprocating Screw FOOD INDUSTRY Beet Slicer Cereal Cooker Dough Mixer Meat Grinder Bottling, Can Filling Machine GENERATORS - Not Welding HAMMER MILLS LAUNDRY WASHERS - Reversing LAUNDRY TUMBLERS LUMBER INDUSTRY Barkers - Drum Type Edger Feeder Live Rolls Log Haul - Incline Log Haul - Well Type Off Bearing Rolls Planer Feed Chains Planer Floor Chains Planer Tilting Hoist Slab Conveyor Sorting Table Trimmer Feed MACHINE TOOLS Bending Roll Plate Planer Punch Press - Gear Driven Tapping Machine Other Machine Tools - Main Drive Other Machine Tools - Aux. Drive METAL MILLS Draw Bench - Carriage Draw Bench - Main Drive Forming Machines Slitters Table Conveyors - Non-Reversing Table Conveyors - Reversing Wire Drawing & Flattening Mach. Wire Winding Machine MILLS, ROTARY TYPES Ball Cement Kilns Dryers & Coolers Kilns Pebble Rod Tumbling Barrels MIXERS Concrete Mixers Drum Type OIL INDUSTRY Chillers Oil Well Pumping

2.00 1.50 1.00 2.00 2.00 1.25 1.25 1.25 2.50 1.25 1.75 1.25 1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.50 1.50 1.75 2.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 1.50 1.25 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.50 2.25 2.50 2.00 1.75 2.25 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.75 1.50 1.25 2.00

Parafin Filter Press Rotary Kiln PAPER MILLS Barker Auxiliaries, Hydraulic Barker, Mechanical Barking Drum - Spur Gear Only Beater & Pulper Bleacher Calenders Convert Mach. exc Cutter, Platers Couch Cutters, Platers Cylinders Dryers Felt Stretcher Felt Whipper Jordans Log Haul Presses Reel Stock Chests Suction Roll Washer & Thickeners Winders PRINTING PRESSES PULLERS - Barge Haul PUMPS Centrifugal Reciprocating - Dbl. Action Reciprocating - Sgl. “ 1,2 Cyl. Reciprocating - Sgl. “ 3+ Cyl. Rotary - Gear, Lobe, Vane RUBBER INDUSTRY Mixer - Banbury Rubber Calender Rubber mill - 2 or more Sheeter Tire Building Machines Tire & Tube Press Openers Tubers and Strainers SCREENS Air Washing Rotary - Stone or Gravel Traveling Water Intake SEWAGE DISPOSAL EQUIPMENT Bar Screens Chemical Feeders Collectors Circuline Collectors Straightline Dewatering Screens Grit Collectors Scum Breakers Slow or Rapid Mixers Sludge Collectors Thickeners Vacuum Filters STEERING GEAR STOKERS TEXTILE INDUSTRY Batchers Calenders Card Machines Cloth Finishing Dry Cans Dryers

1.75 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.25 1.75 1.00 2.00 1.50 1.75 2.00 1.75 1.75 1.25 2.00 1.75 2.00 2.00 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.50 1.50 1.50 2.00 1.00 2.00 2.25 1.75 1.50 2.50 2.00 2.25 2.00 2.50 1.00 2.00 1.00 1.50 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.75 1.50 1.50 1.75 1.50

Above service factors recommended when using electric motors, hydraulic motors, etc. Add 1.0 to Service Factor shown for internal combustion engines, etc.

F6–3


STANDARD BORE TOLERANCES With the exception of Deck-Flex and Deck-Flex Mite, interference fit will be provided unless specified at time of order. Extracted from ANSI/AGMA 9002-A86, Bores and Keyways for Flexible Couplings, with permission of the publisher, The American Gear Manufacturers Association, 1500 King Street, Suite 210, Alexandria, Virginia, 23314. Table 1 – Shaft to Hub Fits and Nominal Keyway Sizes (Inches) Clearance Fits Nominal Bore Range(1)

Interference Fits Class I

Nominal Keyway Dimensions(3)

Class II Square

Over

To (Incl.)

Shaft Tol.(2) (Minus)

Bore Tol. (Plus)

Fit Tol. (Plus)

Bore Tol. (Plus)

Fit Tol. (Plus)

0.4375 0.5625 0.8750 1.2500 1.3750

0.5625 0.8750 1.2500 1.3750 1.5000

0.0005 0.0005 0.0005 0.0005 0.0005

0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010

0.0015 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015

0.0020 0.0020 0.0020 0.0020 0.0020

0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025

0.0005 0.0005 0.0005 0.0005 0.0005

0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010

0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

1.5000 1.7500 2.0000 2.2500

1.7500 2.0000 2.2500 2.7500

0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010

0.0010 0.0010 0.0015 0.0015

0.0020 0.0020 0.0025 0.0025

0.0020 0.0020 0.0020 0.0020

0.0030 0.0030 0.0030 0.0030

0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010

0.0020 0.0020 0.0020 0.0020

2.7500 3.0000 3.2500 3.7500

3.0000 3.2500 3.7500 4.0000

0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010

0.0015 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015

0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025

0.0020 0.0030 0.0030 0.0030

0.0030 0.0040 0.0040 0.0040

0.0010 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015

4.0000 4.5000 5.0000 5.5000

4.5000 5.0000 5.5000 6.5000

0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010

0.0015 0.0015 0.0015 0.0015

0.0025 0.0025 0.0025 0.0025

0.0040 0.0040 0.0040 0.0040

0.0050 0.0050 0.0050 0.0050

6.5000 7.0000 7.5000 8.0000

7.0000 7.5000 8.0000 9.0000

0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...

... ... ... ...

Bore Tolerance Range (Minus)

Fit Tolerance Range (Minus)

Rectangular

Width

Depth

Width

Depth

0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010 0.0010

0.1250 0.1875 0.2500 0.3125 0.3750

0.0625 0.0937 0.1250 0.1562 0.1875

0.1250 0.1875 0.2500 0.3125 0.3750

0.0468 0.0625 0.0937 0.1250 0.1250

0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

0.0020 0.0020 0.0020 0.0020

0.3750 0.5000 0.5000 0.6250

0.1875 0.2500 0.2500 0.3125

0.3750 0.5000 0.5000 0.6250

0.1250 0.1875 0.1875 0.2187

0.0020 0.0030 0.0030 0.0030

0.0000 0.0005 0.0005 0.0005

0.0020 0.0030 0.0030 0.0030

0.7500 0.7500 0.8750 1.0000

0.3750 0.3750 0.4375 0.5000

0.7500 0.7500 0.8750 1.0000

0.2500 0.2500 0.3125 0.3750

0.0020 0.0020 0.0025 0.0025

0.0035 0.0035 0.0040 0.0040

0.0010 0.0010 0.0015 0.0015

0.0035 0.0035 0.0040 0.0040

1.0000 1.2500 1.2500 1.5000

0.5000 0.6250 0.6250 0.7500

1.0000 1.2500 1.2500 1.5000

0.3750 0.4375 0.4375 0.5000

0.0025 0.0030 0.0030 0.0035

0.0040 0.0050 0.0050 0.0055

0.0015 0.0020 0.0020 0.0025

0.0040 0.0050 0.0050 0.0055

1.7500 1.7500 2.0000 2.0000

0.8750 0.8750 1.0000 1.0000

1.7500 1.7500 2.0000 2.0000

0.7500 0.7500 0.7500 0.7500

(1) Preferred Nominal Shaft Sizes: 0.500, 0.625, 0.750, 0.875, 0.9375, 1.000, 1.125, 1.1875, 1.250, 1.375, 1.4375, 1.500, 1.625, 1.750, 1.875, 1.9375, 2.000, 2.125, 2.250, 2.375, 2.4375, 2.500, 2.625, 2.750, 2.875, 2.9375, 3.000, 3.250, 3.375, 3.500, 3.625, 3.750, 4.000, 4.250, 4.500, 4.750, 5.000, 5.250, 5.500, 5.750, 6.000, 6.250, 6.500, 6.750, 7.000 (2) Agrees with NEMA standard MG 1-4.05, June 1981, thru 6.5000 (3) Non-shaded areas are preferred. Examples of Tolerancing Bores and Shafts: 2” Nominal bore – Class I Clearance Fit Bore Size – 2.000 to 2.001 Shaft Size – 2.000 to 1.999 ____________

2” Nominal bore – Class 2 Clearance Fit Bore Size – 2.000 to 2.002 Shaft Size – 2.000 to 1.999 ____________

2” Nominal bore – Interference Fit Shaft Size – Bore Size –

Resulting Fit

Resulting Fit

Resulting Fit

F6–4

Loose 0.000 to 0.002

Loose 0.000 to 0.003

2.000 to 1.999 1.998 to 1.999 ____________ Tight 0.002 to 0.000


C SERIES CONTINUOUS SLEEVE GEAR COUPLING Two HubsOne SleeveHigh quality carbon steel

One Accessory Kit This contains two BUNA N seals and two retaining rings.

Standard Full Flex Double Engagement (C)

Puller holes are optional Setscrews are optional.

Flex-Rigid Single Engagement (CFR)

STANDARD DIMENSIONS

Size 7/8 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 6 7 9 11 12

A 3.31 3.75 4.75 5.50 6.62 7.50 8.75 9.50 10.75 12.25 14.00 16.25 19.25 20.50

B 3.12 3.75 4.25 4.75 5.50 8.75 9.00 10.25 12.25 13.00 14.88 19.00 22.50 25.00

C 2.00 2.53 2.56 3.06 3.75 4.00 4.62 4.88 5.75 6.50 7.50 8.12 8.12 8.38

D 2.00 2.38 3.25 3.94 4.75 5.38 6.25 7.25 8.25 9.50 10.50 12.62 15.62 16.50

E 1.50 1.81 2.06 2.25 2.62 4.25 4.38 5.00 6.00 6.38 7.25 9.25 11.00 12.25

F 1.00 1.27 1.28 1.53 1.88 2.00 2.31 2.44 2.88 3.25 3.75 4.06 4.06 4.19

G 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.38 0.50 0.50 0.50

G1 0.38 0.50 0.50 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00

H (1) 3.75 4.59 4.88 5.72 6.88 9.25 9.50 10.38 12.25 13.38 15.38 19.00 22.50 25.00

J 0.12 0.19 0.19 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25

K 1.94 2.25 3.00 3.75 4.75 5.50 6.50 7.25 8.12 9.25 9.75 12.50 15.50 16.00

Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Solid Bore 5 8 13 20 33 63 91 126 195 267 320 520 925 1200

RATINGS

SIZE

HP @ 100 RPM

TORQUE in. lbs.

MIN BORE

7/8 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 6 7 9 11 12

4 12 32 48 80 140 200 292 430 600 950 2000 3500 4000

2520 7560 20160 30240 50400 88200 Sheet1 126000 183960 270900 378000 598500 1260000 2205900 2520000

0.44 0.44 0.56 0.81 1.19 1.56 1.81 1.81 2.56 4.06 4.56 5.94 7.81 9.81

MISALIGNMENT (3) MAX MAX MAX ANGULAR PARALLEL BORE RPM RPM DEGREES IN Sheet1 STD KEY UNBALANCED BALANCED PER MESH INCHES (2) 1.25 6000 18000 0.50 0.005 1.62 5000 15000 0.50 0.007 2.12 4200 12600 0.50 0.007 2.62 3750 11250 0.50 0.010 3.12 3000 9000 0.50 0.012 3.62 2800 8400 0.50 0.012 4.12 2400 7200 0.25 0.007 Below is an ordering example FSP Coupling 4.75 2200 6600 of a 20.25 0.007 Item2100 (Qty) Part Number 0.25 Description0.009 5.75 Flex Hub Flex 2000 Hub (2) G2FRB 2 F Rough Bore 6.62 0.25 0.010 Sleeve (2) G2FSEB 2 F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts 7.50 1000 0.25 0.011 Spacer (1) G2EBX5 2 X 5" DBSE Spacer with Exposed Bolts 9.50 800 Consult 0.25 0.013 Hardware and Gasket for 2 F with Exposed Bolts Accessory Kit (2) G2AEB 11.50 600 Factory 0.25 0.014 12.50 0.25 0.014 ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, * When550

Below is an ordering example of a 2 FSP Coupling Speed, Horsepower, and application details. (1) “H” dimension required for installation Below is an ordering example of a Full Flex 4 C Coupling Item (Qty) Part Number Description (2) Flex Rigid configuration handles only angular misalignment. Item (Qty) Part Number Description Flex Hub (2) G2FRB 2 F Rough Bore Flex Hub (3) Balance requires the manufacture of 2 special flexible hubs. Sleeve (2) G2FSEB 2 F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts Flex Hub (2) G4CRB 4 C Rough Bore Flex Hub G2EBX5 2 X 5" DBSE Spacer with Exposed Bolts Spacer (1) Sleeve (1) G4CS 4 C Sleeve ordering please with for bothKithubs, keyway sizes, screwsforifC4applicable, Hardware specify and Gasketbore for 2 Fdiameter with Exposed BoltstolerancesAccessory Accessory Kit*When (2) G2AEB (1) G4CAK Sealsset & Lockrings Coupling

speed, horsepower, and application details. * When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, Speed, Horsepower, and application details.

Below is an ordering example of a Full Flex 4 C Coupling Item (Qty) Part Number Description Flex Hub (2) G4CRB 4 C Rough Bore Flex Hub Sleeve (1) G4CS 4 C Sleeve Seals & Lockrings for C4 Coupling Accessory Kit (1) G4CAK

Below is an ordering example of a Flex Rigid 4 C Coupling Item (Qty) Part Number Description Flex Hub (1) G4CRB 4 C Rough Bore Flex Hub Rigid Hub (1) G4CRRB 4 C Rough Bore Rigid Hub Sleeve (1) G4CS 4 C Sleeve Seals & Lockrings for C4 Coupling Accessory Kit (1) G4CAK

F6–5

* When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable,

Below is an ordering example of a Flex Rigid 4 C Coupling Item (Qty) Part Number Description

Speed, Horsepower, and application details.

Below is an ordering example of a 4 C Mill Motor type Coupling


F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS Ordering Couplings are sold by component. Two Sleeves High quality carbon steel

Two Hubs High quality carbon steel

Exposed and Shrouded Bolt Design

One Accessory Kit Gasket and Hardware

• Exposed bolt design is standard on all sizes. • Puller holes are optional. • Shrouded bolt design is available on size 1 through 5 when specified. • Shrouded bolt style; hardware is recessed in counter bored holes. Full Flex

F STANDARD TYPE DIMENSIONS (3) Size

A

B

C

D

E

G

H (1)

1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 7 8 9

4.56 6.00 7.00 8.38 9.44 11.00 12.50 13.62 15.31 16.75 18.00 20.75 23.25 26.00

3.50 4.00 5.00 6.25 7.38 8.62 9.75 10.94 12.38 14.12 15.12 17.75 22.38 23.50

3.00 3.88 4.81 5.81 6.81 7.84 9.19 10.31 11.44 12.69 13.94 15.75 18.50 20.38

2.31 3.00 4.00 4.62 5.62 6.50 7.50 8.50 9.50 10.50 11.50 13.00 15.50 17.00

1.69 1.94 2.44 3.03 3.59 4.19 4.75 5.31 6.03 6.91 7.41 8.69 11.00 11.50

0.12 0.12 0.12 0.19 0.19 0.25 0.25 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.38 0.38 0.50

4.19 4.75 6.00 7.12 8.12 9.38 10.25 11.50 13.00 14.38 17.00 20.00 25.00 26.50

Max. Parallel Approx. Wt. Misalign(Lbs.) Solid ment (4) Bore 0.055 0.060 0.085 0.105 0.115 0.130 0.150 0.175 0.200 0.220 0.120 0.135 0.160 0.165

9 19 34 55 86 135 195 268 394 526 687 1017 1560 2015

RATINGS (4) (1) “H” Dimension – Clearance to align coupling

SIZE

(2) AGMA class 8 balance requires the manufacturer of two special flexible hubs Note 3. When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, speed, horsepower, and application details. Note 4. Horsepower. Torque capacity and parallel misalignment capacity for sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are based on 11/2 degrees angular misalignment per gear mesh and maximum bore. Sizes 6 through 9 are based on 3/4 degree angular misalignment. Consult engineering for greater HP capacity.

HP @ 100 RPM

TORQUE in. lbs.

FLEXIBLE HUBS MIN BORE MAX BORE MAX BORE STD KEY SHALLOW KEY

MAX RPM UNBALANCED

MAX RPM BALANCED AGMA CL. 8 (2)

1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 7 8 9

12 30 50 90 150 240 350 480 690 910 1190 1600 2085 2714

7563 18900 31500 56700 94500 151300 220600 302500 434900 573500 750000 1008400 1323500 1827700

0.44 0.44 0.56 0.81 1.19 1.56 1.81 1.81 2.31 3.06 4.06 4.56 5.06 5.94

1.62 2.13 2.75 3.25 4.00 4.62 5.50 6.00 6.88 7.75 8.63 9.50 11.00 12.00

1.75 2.25 3.00 3.38 4.25 5.00 5.62 6.44 7.00 7.88 8.75 9.75 ---

6000 5500 5000 4400 4000 3500 3000 2700 2500 2200 2100 2000 1900 1800

9500 8500 7800 6800 6200 5500 4600 4100 3900 CONSULT ENGINEERING

Many configurations of “F” Series couplings are available to fit your unique application. Consult Wood’s (1)for"H" Dimension - Clearance to align coupling mechanical application engineers (2) AGMA class 8 balance requires the manufacture of two special flexible hubs design. Many configurations of "F" Series couplings are available to fit your unique application. Consult Wood’s mechanical application engineers for design. Note 1. When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, Speed, Horsepower, and application details. Below is misalignment an ordering example a 4F coupling. Note 2. Horsepower, Torque capacity,and parallel cpacitity for sizes 1 of through 5-1/2 are based on 1-1/2 degrees angular misalignment per gear mesh and Item maximum bore. Sizes 6Part through 9 are based on 3/4 degree angular misalignment. Consult engineering for greater HP capacity (Qty) Number Description

F6–6

Flex Hubs (2)

G4FRB

4F Rough Bore Flex Hubs

Sleeves (2)

G4FSEB or G4FSSB

4F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts 4F Sleeve with Shrouded Bolts

Accessory Kit (1)

G4AEB or G4ASB

Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Exposed Bolts Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Shrouded Bolts


F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS – Single Engagement Type/Floating Shaft

• Exposed bolt design is standard on all sizes.

OUTBOARD RIGID HUBS

• Puller holes are optional. • Shrouded bolt design is available on size 1 through 5 when specified. • Shrouded bolt style; hardware is recessed in counter bored holes.

INBOARD RIGID HUBS FFS (4) Maximum RPM of Floating Shaft set, determined by critical speed of Floating Shaft.

F Series Flex Rigid F Series Flex Rigid Dimensions FFR STANDARD DIMENSIONS

Size 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 7

A 4.56 6.00 7.00 8.38 9.44 11.00 12.50 13.62 15.31 16.75 18.00 20.75

B 3.37 3.91 4.85 6.12 7.18 8.40 9.43 10.61 12.02 13.33 14.96 17.75

C 3.00 3.88 4.81 5.81 6.81 7.84 9.19 10.31 11.44 12.69 13.94 15.75

D 2.31 3.00 4.00 4.62 5.62 6.50 7.50 8.50 9.50 10.50 11.50 13

E 1.69 1.94 2.44 3.03 3.59 4.19 4.75 5.31 6.03 6.91 7.41 8.69

E1 1.56 1.84 2.28 2.9 3.4 3.96 4.43 4.99 5.68 6.11 7.24 8.68

G 0.12 0.13 0.13 0.19 0.19 0.25 0.25 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.38

H 4.19 4.75 6.00 7.12 8.12 9.38 10.25 11.50 13.00 14.38 17.00 20.00

Note 1. Horsepower, Torque Capacity and Parallel misalignment capacity for sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are based on 1-1/2 degrees angular misalignment per gear mesh and maximum bore. Sizes 6 and 7 are based on 3/4 degrees angular misalignment.

Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Solid Bore 9 17 34 55 86 135 195 268 394 526 687 1017

Note 2. A single flexrigid coupling does not accept parallel misalignment.

RATINGS FLEXIBLE HUBS

SIZE 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 7

HP @ 100 TORQUE MIN RPM in. lbs. BORE 12 30 50 90 150 240 350 480 690 910 1190 1600

7563 18900 31500 56700 94500 151300 220600 302500 434900 573500 750000 1008400

0.44 0.44 0.56 0.81 1.19 1.56 1.81 1.81 2.31 3.06 4.06 4.56

MAX BORE MAX BORE SHALLOW MIN STD KEY KEY BORE 1.62 2.13 2.75 3.25 4.00 4.62 5.50 6.00 6.88 7.75 8.63 9.50

1.75 2.25 3.00 3.38 4.25 4.88 5.62 6.44 7.00 7.88 8.75 9.75

0.44 0.44 0.56 0.81 1.19 1.56 1.81 1.81 2.56 3.06 4.06 4.56

RIGID HUBS MAX BORE MAX BORE STD SHALLOW MAX RPM UNBALANCED KEY KEY 2.19 2.81 3.50 4.25 4.88 5.63 6.50 7.38 8.38 9.25 10.13 11.25

2.31 3.06 3.75 4.50 5.25 6.13 6.88 8.00 8.88 9.88 11.00 12.25

DETERMINED

MAX RPM BALANCED AGMA CLASS 8

BY BSE

Sheet1

Note 3. When ordering a complete floating shaft coupling specify the distance between shaft ends, bore diameter with tolerances for both outboard hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, speed, horsepower, and all application details. Note 4. Due to larger bore capacity outboard rigid hubs will be furnished unless otherwise specified.

Below is an ordering example of an 4 FR Coupling Item (Qty) Part Number Description Flex Hub (1) G4FRB 4 F Rough Bore Flex Hub Sleeve (1) G4FSEB or 4 F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts G4FSSB 4 F Sleeve with Shrouded Bolts Rigid Hub G4FREBRB or 4 F Rough Bore Rigid Hub with Exposed Bolts G4FRSBRB 4 F Rough Bore Rigid Hub with Shrouded Bolts Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Exposed Bolts Accessory Kit (1) G4AEB or Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Shrouded Bolts G4ASB

F6–7


“F” SERIES FLANGE DETAILS

EXPOSED BOLTS DIA.GRIP THD. LENGTH (MAX)

SIZE

SIZE

SHROUDED BOLTS DIA.GRIP THD. LENGTH (MAX)

SIZE

F-1

1/4-28

1-1/2

1”

F-1

1/4-28

3/4

5/16

F-1-1/2

3/8-24

2

1-3/8

F-1-1/2; 2

3/8-24

1”

7/16

F-2

1/2-20

2-1/4

1-3/16

F-2-1/2; 3

1/2-20

1-3/16 17/32

F-2-1/2; 3

5/8-18

2-3/4

1-5/8

F-3-1/2; 4; 4-1/2

5/8-18

1-1/2

21/32

F-3-1/2; 4; 4-1/2

3/4-16

3-1/4

2-1/16

F-5

3/4-16

2

1”

F-5; 5-1/2

7/8-14

4-1/4

2-3/4

F-6

7/8-14

3-1/4

1-3/4

F-7

1”-14

3-1/2

2

L

No.

EXPOSED BOLTS B.C. DIA

S

No.

2.875 3.687 4.625

1-21/32 1-7/8 2-3/8

(6) (8) (6)

3.750 4.812 5.875

.250 .375 .500

(6) (8) (10)

3.750 4.812 5.812

.250 .375 .375

41/64 13/16 13/16

3/16 1/4 1/4

15/16 15/16 1-1/8

5.437 6.437 7.375

2-7/8 3-5/16 3-13/16

(6) (8) (8)

7.125 8.125 9.500

.625 .625 .750

(10) (12) (12)

7.000 8.000 9.281

.500 .500 .625

1-1/16 1-1/16 1-5/16

5/16 5/16 3/8

3/16 3/16 3/16

1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/2

8.750 9.750 10.750

4-1/4 4-13/16 5-1/2

(8) (10) (8)

11.000 12.000 13.500

.750 .750 .875

(14) (14) (14)

10.625 11.750 13.188

.625 .625 .750

1-5/16 1-5/16 1-9/16

3/8 3/8 9/16

3/16 3/16 1/4

1-1/2 1 1-1/8

12.125 13.375 14.625

6 6-11/16 7-3/8

(14) (14) (16)

14.500 15.750 18.250

.875 .875 1.00

(16)

14.437

.750

1-9/16

9/16

A

P

F

G1F G15F G2F

4-9/16 6 7

3/32 3/32 3/32

9/16 3/4 3/4

G25F G3F G35F

8-3/8 9-7/16 11

3/32 3/32 3/32

G4F G45F G5F

12-1/2 13-5/8 15-5/16

G55F G6F G7F

16-3/4 18 20-3/4

J

SHROUDED BOLTS B.C. DIA S

CD

T

EXPOSED BOLTS ONLY

Dimensions in inches TB Wood’s bolt circle meets AGMA 516.01 flexible gear type couplings flange dimensions.

Standard Coupling Minimum-Maximum Hub Gap TB Wood’s standard “F” Series Gear Coupling can satisfy shaft gap up to three inches by merely reversing the hubs. Reverse one or both hubs to provide the needed gap.

F6–8

SIZE

B

E

G

G1F G15F G2F

3-1/2 4 5

3-13/16 4-1/4 5-11/16

B1

4-1/8 4-1/2 6-3/8

B2

1-11/16 1-15/16 2-7/16

1/8 1/8 1/8

7/16 3/8 13/16

G1

3/4 5/8 1-1/2

G2

2-1/8 2-5/16 3-1/4

M

1/16 1/16 1/16

P

3/32 1/8 1/8

Q

13/32 3/8 13/16

Q1

G25F G3F G35F

6-1/4 7-3/8 8-5/8

7-1/32 8-1/32 9-3/16

7-13/16 8-11/16 9-3/4

3-1/32 3-19/32 4-3/16

3/16 3/16 1/4

31/32 27/32 13/16

1-3/4 1-1/2 1-3/8

4 4-7/16 5

3/32 3/32 3/32

1/4 3/8 1/2

1-1/32 1-1/32 1-1/16

G4F G45F G5F

9-3/4 10-15/16 12-3/8

10-7/16 12 13-23/32

11-1/8 13-1/16 15-1/16

4-3/4 5-5/16 6-1/32

1/4 5/16 5/16

15/16 1-3/8 1-21/32

1-5/8 2-7/16 3

5-11/16 6-11/16 7-11/16

1/8 1/8 3/16

5/8 21/32 11/16

1-5/16 1-23/32 2-1/32

G55F G6F G7F

14-1/8 15-1/8 17-3/4

15-11/32 16-17/32 19-1/16

16-9/16 17-15/16 20-3/8

6-29/32 7-13/32 8-11/16

5/16 5/16 3/8

1-17/32 1-23/32 1-11/16

2-3/4 3-1/8 3

8-7/16 9-1/8 10-3/8

3/16 5/32 3/16

1-1/16 7/8 1-1/2

2-9/32 2-9/32 2-13/16


F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS – Short Slide Couplings

FSL-1

FSL-2

ONE HUB FACED OFF, ONE HUB REVERSED

TWO HUBS REVERSED

FSL-3

FSL-4

ONE HUB REVERSED, ONE MODIFIED MM HUB

TWO MODIFIED MM HUBS

F SERIES SHORT SLIDE DIMENSIONS

(1) Minimum distance between shaft ends. (2) Maximum distance between shaft ends. Note: When ordering please specify amount of slide required, bore diameter with tolerance for both hubs, keyway sizes. Setscrews if applicable, speed, horsepower and application details.

F6–9


F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS – Mill Motor Type

• Exposed bolt design is standard on all sizes. • Puller holes are optional. • Shrouded bolt design is available on size 1 through 5 when specified. • Shrouded bolt style; hardware is recessed in counter bored holes. Sheet1

AISE Size Frame FMM Number 602 / 802 1-1/2 603 / 803 604 / 804 603 / 803 2 604 / 804 606 / 806 603 / 803 2-1/2 604 / 804 606 / 806 608 / 808 606 / 806 3 608 / 808 610 / 810 612 / 812 608 / 808 3-1/2 610 / 810 612 / 812 614 / 814 610 / 810 612 / 812 4 614 / 814 616 / 816 618 / 818 614 / 814 4-1/2 616 / 816 618 / 818 614 / 814 5 616 / 816 618 / 818 620 616 / 816 5-1/2 618 / 818 620 622 616 / 816 6 618 / 818 620 622

A

B

6.00

6.563

7.00

8.063

8.38

9.719

9.44

10.781

11.00 11.938

12.50 13.250

13.62 14.625

15.31 15.844

16.75 17.719

18.00 18.969

B1 6.0000 6.5625 6.5625 7.1667 7.1667 7.6875 7.7188 7.7188 8.3438 8.9688 8.9063 9.5313 9.6563 10.2813 10.1875 10.3125 10.9375 11.0625 10.8750 11.5000 11.6250 12.2500 12.3125 12.2500 12.8750 12.9375 12.9700 13.5900 13.6563 14.8438 14.4688 14.5313 15.7188 16.8438 14.9688 15.0313 16.2188 17.3438

C

D

E

E1

3.88

3.00 1.94 4.50

4.81

4.00 2.44 5.50

5.81

4.62 3.03 6.50

6.81

5.62 3.59 7.00

7.84

6.50 4.19 7.50

9.19

7.50 4.75 8.25

10.31 8.50 5.31 9.00

11.44 9.50 6.03 9.50

12.69 10.50 6.91 10.50

13.94 11.50 7.41 11.25

E2

F

3.00 3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 4.00 3.50 3.50 4.00 4.50 4.00 4.50 4.50 5.00 4.50 4.50 5.00 5.00 4.50 5.00 5.00 5.50 6.00 5.00 5.50 6.00 5.00 5.50 6.00 6.75 5.50 6.00 6.75 7.25 5.50 6.00 6.75 7.25

1.7485/1.7495 1.998/1.999 1.998/1.999 1.998/1.999 1.998/1.999 2.498/2.499 1.998/1.999 1.998/1.999 2.498/2.499 2.998/2.999 2.498/2.499 2.998/2.999 3.248/3.249 3.623/3.624 2.998/2.999 3.248/3.249 3.623/3.624 4.2470/4.2485 3.248/3.249 3.623/3.624 4.2470/4.2485 4.6220/4.6235 4.9970/4.9985 4.2470/4.2485 4.6220/4.6235 4.9970/4.9985 4.2470/4.2485 4.6220/4.6235 4.9970/4.9985 5.8720/5.8735 4.6220/4.6235 4.9970/4.9985 5.8720/5.8735 6.2470/6.2485 4.6220/4.6235 4.9970/4.9985 5.8720/5.8735 6.2470/6.2485

G

0.13

0.13

0.19

0.19

0.25

0.25

0.31

0.31

0.31

0.31

G1

J

1.062 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.25 1.188 1.188 1.313 1.438 1.313 1.438 1.563 1.688 1.500 1.625 1.750 1.875 1.625 1.750 1.875 2.000 1.563 1.938 2.063 1.625 1.938 2.063 1.625 2.063 2.063 1.625 2.063 2.688 2.063 1.625 2.063 2.688

0.125 0.125 0.125 0.250 0.250 0.125 0.530 0.530 0.410 0.285 0.560 0.440 0.310 0.190 0.630 0.500 0.380 0.250 0.780 0.660 0.530 0.410 0.840 0.910 0.780 1.220 1.310 1.190 1.630 1.190 1.440 1.880 1.440 0.810 1.470 1.910 1.470 0.840

KEYWAY KEYWAY WIDTH HEIGHT 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.500 0.750 0.500 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 1.000 0.750 0.750 1.000 1.250 1.250 1.000 1.250 1.250 1.000 1.250 1.250 1.500 1.250 1.250 1.500 1.500 1.250 1.250 1.500 1.500

*ALL KEYWAYS SHOWN ARE PARALLEL TO THE TAPER. TAPER IS 1-1/4” INCH PER FOOT ON DIAMETER.

SPECIFYING TAPERED BORES Please provide the following information for taper bore hubs: 1) Drawing of HUB showing bore and keyway details. OR 2) Drawing of shaft showing: (LD) Large diameter, specify with tolerance. (S) Length of taper, measure parallel to shaft centerline. (T) Taper angle. Specify as degrees, taper per foot or a percentage. (P) Desired pull-up of hub on shaft. (D) Counterbore diameter as required. (Y) Counterbore depth as required. Keyway or shaft keyseat dimensions. Specify width, depth and keyway taper angle.

F6–10

0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.250 0.375 0.375 0.250 0.375 0.375 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.375 0.500 0.375 0.375 0.500 0.750 0.375 0.500 0.750 0.750 0.375 0.500 0.750 0.750

MAX BORE STD HP/100 MAXIMUM RPM HALF RPM TORQUE UNBALANCED

MAX PARALLEL MISALIGNMENT

2.13

30

18900

5500

0.060

2.75

50

31500

5000

0.085

3.25

90

56700

4400

0.105

4.00

150

94500

4000

0.115

4.62

240

151300

3500

0.130

5.50

350

220600

3000

0.150

6.00

480

302500

2700

0.175

6.88

690

434900

2500

0.200

7.75

910

573500

2200

0.220

8.65

1190

750000

2100

0.120


F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS – Limited End Float Type

• Exposed bolt design is standard on all sizes. • Puller holes are optional. • Shrouded bolt design is available on size 1 through 5 when specified. • Shrouded bolt style; hardware is recessed in counter bored holes.

STANDARD DIMENSIONS (3)

Size

A

B

C

D

E

G

G1

G2

H(1)

LEF (5)

1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 7

4.56 6.00 7.00 8.38 9.44 11.00 12.50 13.62 15.31 16.75 18.00 20.75

3.56 4.06 5.06 6.34 7.47 8.69 9.91 11.13 12.59 14.34 15.31 18.00

3.00 3.88 4.81 5.81 6.81 7.84 9.19 10.31 11.44 12.69 13.94 15.75

2.31 3.00 4.00 4.62 5.62 6.50 7.50 8.50 9.50 10.50 11.50 13.00

1.69 1.94 2.44 3.03 3.59 4.19 4.75 5.31 6.03 6.91 7.41 8.69

0.19 0.19 0.19 0.28 0.28 0.31 0.41 0.50 0.53 0.53 0.50 0.63

0.13 0.13 0.13 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.31 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.50

.031 .031 .031 .047 .047 .063 .047 .063 .078 .078 .063 .063

4.19 4.75 6.00 7.12 8.12 9.38 10.25 11.50 13.00 14.38 17.00 20.00

0.13 0.13 0.13 0.19 0.19 0.25 0.19 0.25 0.31 0.31 0.25 0.25

Approx. Parallel Wt. (Lbs.) Misalignment Solid Capacity (4) Bore

0.06 0.06 0.09 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.18 0.20 0.22 0.12 0.14

9 19 34 54 80 130 190 250 380 520 650 950

RATINGS (4) FLEXIBLE HUBS SIZE

HP @ RPM

TORQUE in. lbs.

MIN BORE

MAX BORE STD KEY

1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 7

12 30 50 90 150 240 350 480 690 910 1190 1600

7563 18900 31500 56700 94500 151300 220600 302500 434900 57350 75000 1008400

0.44 0.44 0.56 0.81 1.19 1.56 1.81 1.81 2.31 3.06 4.06 4.56

1.62 2.13 2.75 3.25 4.00 4.62 5.50 6.00 6.88 7.75 8.63 9.50

MAX RPM MAX RPM BALANCED MAX BORE AGMA SHALLOW UNBALANCED CLASS 8 (2) KEY

1.75 2.25 3.00 3.38 4.25 4.88 5.62 6.44 7.00 7.88 8.75 9.75

6000 5500 5000 4400 4000 3500 3000 2700 2500 2200 2100 2000

9500 8500 7800 6800 6200 5500 4600 4100 3900 CONSULT FACTORY

Notes: (1) “H” Dimension – Clearance to align coupling. (2) AGMA CLASS 8 balance requires the manufacture of two special flexible hubs. (3) When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, speed, horsepower, application details, amount of thrust on either or both shafts, and amount of end float desired. (4) Horsepower, Torque Capacity and Parallel Misalignment Capacity for sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are based on 1-1/2 degrees angular misalignment per gear mesh and maximum bore. Sizes 6 & 7 are based on 3/4 degree angular misalignment. Consult Engineering for greater HP capacity. (5) Dimension is total end float. (May be modified to suit customer requirements.)

Below is an ordering example of a 4FLEF Coupling. Item (Qty) Flex Hubs (2) Sleeves (2) Accessory Kit (1) Plate (1)

Part Number G4FRB G4FSEB or G4FSSB G4AEB or G4ASB G4LEF

Description 4F Rough Bore Flex Hubs 4F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts 4F Sleeve with Shrouded Bolts Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Exposed Bolts Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Shrouded Bolts 4F LEF Plate

F6–11


F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS – Vertical Type • Vertical couplings require a vertical plate and a button. Standard flex hubs are faced off (shorten) per the “E” dimension. • Contact factory for price and availability. • Exposed bolt design is standard on all sizes. • Puller holes are optional. • Shrouded bolt design is available on size 1 through 5 when specified. • Shrouded bolt style; hardware is recessed in counter bored holes.

Notes: (1) When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, speed, horsepower, and application details. (2) Horsepower, Torque capacity, and parallel misalignment capacity for sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are based on 1-1/2 degrees angular misalignment per gear mesh and maximum bore. Sizes 6 through 9 are based on 3/4 degree angular misalignment. Consult engineering for greater HP capacity. (3) “H” Dimension – Clearance to align coupling. (4) AGMA class 8 balance requires the manufacture of two special flexible hubs. Many configurations of “F” Series couplings are available to fit your unique application. Consult Wood’s mechanical application engineers for design.

F6–12


STOCK SPACERS For Use With F, MXB, or K100 Series Couplings

“F” or “MXB” Spacer Type Coupling

Sheet1 “K 100” Series Spacer Type Coupling

Coupling Size

DBSE

Spacer Part SPOOL Number LENGTH

F Series MXB Series K Series "B" "B" "B" Dimension Dimension Dimension

1 1/2 4 3/8 G15EBX438 4.25 8.154 8.394 8.37 1 1/2 5 G15EBX5 4.88 8.784 9.024 9 2 4 3/8 G2EBX438 4.25 9.154 9.37 9.37 2 5 G2EBX5 4.88 9.784 10 10 2 7 G2EBX7 6.88 11.784 12 12 2 1/2 5 G25EBX5 4.81 11.25 11.25 11.25 2 1/2 7 G25EBX7 6.81 13.25 13.25 13.25 3 5 G3EBX5 4.81 12.37 12.37 12.37 3 7 G3EBX7 6.81 14.37 14.37 14.37 Sheet1 3 1/2 5 G35EBX5 4.75 13.63 13.63 13.63 3 1/2 7 G35EBX7 6.75 15.63 15.63 15.63 Other Sizes, DBSE's, and shrouded bolt patterns are Available as Specials

MAX RPM

Approx. Spacer weight

5500 5500 5000 5000 5000 4400 4400 4000 4000 3500 3500

9.8 10.7 13.4 14.1 16.6 24 27 29 33 45 51

DBSE’s, and shrouded patterns are Available Other Sizes, C Series Spacer couplings are also bolt available, consult factory. as Specials. C Series Spacer couplings are also available, consult factory. Below is an ordering example of a 2 FSP Coupling Item (Qty) Part Number Description Flex Hub (2) G2FRB 2 F Rough Bore Flex Hub Sleeve (2) G2FSEB 2 F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts G2EBX5 2 X 5" DBSE Spacer with Exposed Bolts Spacer (1) Hardware and Gasket for 2 F with Exposed Bolts Accessory Kit (2) G2AEB * When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, Speed, Horsepower, and application details.

F6–13


DECK-FLEX & DECK-FLEX MITE

Torque & HP Ratings Deck-Flex

Deck-Flex Mite

Deck-Flex Mite

Steel

Stainless Steel

RPM Torque (in lbs)

HP

Torque (in lbs)

HP

Torque (in lbs)

HP

1420 1110 900 630 530

2.2 20.3 25.0 35.3 42.0

360 282 270 254 243

0.6 5.1 7.5 13.8 19.4

240 188 180 169 162

0.4 3.4 5.0 9.2 12.8

100 1150 1750 3500 5000

2 spirolox type retaining rings

nylon sleeve

2 hubs

Dimensions

Ordering Example

A

B

C

D

E

F

Deck-Flex

3.75

3.38

1.88

2.38

1.62

0.12

Deck-Flex Mite

2.88

2.38

1.31

1.75

1.12

0.12

Deck-Flex Mite Item (Qty)

Part Number

Description

Sleeve (1)

GDFMS

Deck-Flex Mite Sleeve

Hubs (2)

GDFM34

Deck-Flex Mite Hub for 3/4” Bore

GDFMAK

Retaining Rings for Assembly

Assembly Kit (1)

Deck-Flex Item (Qty)

Part Number

Description

Sleeve (1)

GDFS

Deck-Flex Sleeve

Hubs (2)

GDF34

Deck-Flex Hub for 3/4” Bore

GDFAK

Retaining Rings for Assembly

Assembly Kit (1) • • • • • •

No Lubrication Operation up to 5000 rpm Light Weight Can be altered for blind assembly Nylon couplings operate up to 150°F Misalignment – 5° for Deck Flex 3° for Deck Flex Mite

Note: Some acids and alkalis can be harmful to the nylon sleeve.

F6–14

Stock Bores

(Couplings are sold by component)

Bore

Deck-Flex Mite

5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-5/16 1-3/8 1-7/16 1-1/2 1-5/8

Rough Bore ... 1/8 x 1/16 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8

Deck-Flex Rough Bore 1/8 x 1/16 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 5/16 x 5/32 5/16 x 5/32 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16

AGMA Class 1 Bore Tolerance

+.000/+.001

Blind assembly couplings can be produced by ordering a 3 groove sleeve (GDFS3 or GDFMS3) and installing a center retaining ring. With the addition of this center retaining ring, the outer rings are not needed and the installation involves no more than sliding the hubs into the sleeves.


RIGID COUPLINGS Ribbed Type Compression Couplings are recommended for emergency and regular service on heavily loaded shafts. These couplings are bored true to shaft size, and the halves are separated during boring operation to allow for clamping when halves are drawn together. Bolt heads and nuts are protected by flanges. End flanges are faced square with bore, and outer diameters are turned. To facilitate the use of V-belt drives, sufficient space may be left between shaft ends when mounting the coupling to permit easy replacement of belts.

SECTION F7

RIBBED COMPRESSION NO. 257

BOLTS Product No.

Shaft Size

Max. RPM

Approx. Diam.

Length

No.

Size

2571316 257114 2571716 257112 25711116 257134 25711516 2572 2572316 257214 2572716 257212 25721116 25721516 2573 2573316 2573716 257312 25731516 2574716 25741516

1-3/16 1-1/4 1-7/16 1-1/2 1-11/16 1-3/4 1-15/16 2 2-3/16 2-1/4 2-7/16 2-1/2 2-11/16 2-15/16 3 3-3/16 3-7/16 3-1/2 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16

4630 4630 4070 4070 3820 3820 3250 3250 3050 3050 2680 2680 2610 2210 2210 2100 1920 1920 1830 1600 1390

4-1/8 4-1/8 4-11/16 4-11/16 5 5 5-7/8 5-7/8 6-1/4 6-1/4 7-1/8 7-1/8 7-5/16 8-5/8 8-5/8 9-1/16 9-15/16 9-15/16 10-7/16 11-7/8 13-11/16

5-3/8 5-3/8 6-1/8 6-1/8 6-3/4 6-3/4 8 8 8-3/4 8-3/4 9-5/8 9-5/8 10-5/8 11-5/8 11-5/8 12-3/4 13-5/8 13-5/8 14-5/8 16-1/2 18-1/8

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1-1/8

Wrench(1) Weight Torque ft.-lb. Lbs. 19 19 45 45 45 45 93 93 93 93 150 150 150 150 150 150 202 202 202 300 474

11 11 18 18 20 20 34 33 38 38 57 54 62 95 95 126 157 157 171 273 395

NOTE: Capacity of Coupling exceeds capacity of shaft based on 6000 PSI Shaft Stress. (1) Do not lubricate CAP Screws. Other shaft sizes available on a MTO Basis. Coupling may require balancing to reduce vibration when operating within these speeds.

F7â&#x20AC;&#x201C;1


RIGID COUPLINGS

This coupling is designed to provide a simple method of rigidly connecting two pieces of shafting. The standard Sure-Grip tapered bushing is used, one on each shaft, to securely clamp the two shafts together. The precision tapered fit lines up the two shafts. No press or shrink fits are necessary.

SURE-GRIP RIGID NO. 44

Product No.

Max. RPM

Maximum Bore Light (1) Heavy (2) Bushing Loads Loads †

DIMENSIONS

44SD

6200

1-13/16

1-7/16

SD

4

4-5/8

3/8

1/4

1-13/16

11

44SF

4500

2-3/8

1-7/8

SF

44E 44J 44M

3600 3000 2450

2-15/16 3-13/16 4-3/4

2-1/4 3 3-11/16

E J M*

5-1/2 6-7/8 8-1/4 10

5-1/4 6-3/4 11 16

1/2 5/8 3/4 1

1/4 1/4 1/2 1/2

2 2-5/8 4-1/2 6-3/4

22 54 122 270

A

B

E

G

L

† Dimensions for Sure-Grip bushings are given on page A1—3. * Bushing M is not stocked with drilled holes for the above type mounting and will be made-to-order. (1) Max Shaft Stress < 8500 psi. (2) Max Shaft Stress < 4000 psi. Axial Thrust Capacity = Bushing Torque Capacity Radius of Shaft

F7–2

Weight Including Bushings


Altra Industrial Motion

Warner Electric

TB Wood’s

Boston Gear

Electromagnetic Clutches and Brakes - USA

V-Belt Drives, Synchronous Drives, Flexible Couplings, Variable Frequency AC Drives

Enclosed and Open Gearing, Electrical and Mechanical P.T. Components

Chambersburg, PA 717-264-7161

Charlotte, NC 704-688-7300

South Beloit, IL 815-389-3771 For application assistance: 1-800-825-9050

Electromagnetic Clutches and Brakes - Europe

St Barthelemy d’Anjou, France +33 (0)2 41 21 24 24 For sales office: +33 (0)2 41 21 24 76

Precision Electric Coils and Electromagnetic Clutches and Brakes - USA

Columbia City, IN 260-244-6183 Inertia Dynamics Spring Set Brakes; Power On and Wrap Spring Clutch/Brakes

For assistance: 1-888-829-6637 Press #5 – Customer Service Press #7 – Mechanical Applications Press #8 – Electronic Applications

For customer service: 1-800-825-6544 For application assistance: 1-800-816-5608

Huco Dynatork

Wichita Clutch and Industrial Clutch

Precision Couplings and Air Motors

Pneumatic and Oil Immersed Clutches and Brakes - USA

Hertford, England +44 (0) 1992 501900 U.S. 800-825-6544

Wichita Falls, TX 940-723-3400 Pneumatic Clutches and Brakes - Europe

Bedford, England +44 (0)1234 350311 Caliper Brakes and Thrusters

Bibby Transmissions

Twickenham, England +44 (0) 20 8894 1161

Disc, Gear, Grid Couplings, Overload Clutches

Formsprag Clutch

Dewsbury, England +44 (0) 1924 460801

Warner Linear

Warren, MI 586-758-5000 For application assistance: 1-800-927-3262

Linear Actuators and Guideways - USA

Marland Clutch

Belvidere, IL 815-547-1106

Roller Ramp and Sprag Type Overrunning Clutches and Backstops

For application assistance: 1-800-825-9050

Burr Ridge, IL 630-455-1752

886 2 2577 8156

Singapore

65 6487 4464

Thailand

66 2 322 5527

Australia

612 9894 0133

S. Africa

27 11 918 4270

Erie, PA 814-480-5000

Matrix International

Overrunning Clutches and Holdbacks

852 2615 9313

Taiwan

Gear Couplings, Mill Spindles, Universal Joints

Twiflex Limited

Brechin, Scotland +44 (0) 1356 602000 U.S. 815-389-3771

China

Ameridrives Couplings

Torrington, CT 860-482-4444 Electromagnetic Clutches and Brakes, Pressure Operated Clutches and Brakes

Altra Industrial Motion Asia Pacific and Africa

Nuttall Gear and Delroyd Worm Gear Worm Gear and Helical Speed Reducers

Niagara Falls, NY 716-298-4100 Saftek Friction Non-asbestos Brake and Clutch Materials

Telford, England +44 (0) 1952 581122

Stieber Clutch Overrunning Clutches and Holdbacks

Heidelberg, Germany +49 (0)6221 30 47 0

TB Wood’s Incorporated 440 North Fifth Avenue • Chambersburg, PA 17201 Tel: 888-TBWOODS • 717-264-7161 Fax: 717-264-6420 www.tbwoods.com FC P-1690-TBW 07/07

Printed in USA

Catalogo TB Woods  

Catalogo TB Woods, Catalalogo Distribuidor Transmisiones Industriales

Read more
Read more
Similar to
Popular now
Just for you